Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Department Stores / Myer Holdings Ltd / FY2019 Annual Report

Myer Holdings Ltd
Annual Report 2019

MYR · ASX Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker MYR
Exchange ASX
Sector Communication Services
Industry Department Stores
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Myer Holdings Ltd
Loading PDF…
A N N U A L   R E P O R T 

2 0 1 9

CONTENT S

2

CHAIRMAN &  
CEO’S REPORT

4

6

PERFORMANCE  
REVIEW

OUR CUSTOMER  
FIRST PLAN

10   Sustainability at Myer     •    12   Directors’ Report     •    26   Auditor’s Independence Declaration

27   Remuneration Report     •    49   Financial Statements     •    87   Directors’ Declaration

88   Independent Auditor’s Report     •    96   Shareholder Information     •    98   Corporate Directory

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING

The tenth Annual General Meeting of Myer Holdings Limited will be held on Wednesday 30 October 2019 at 2.30pm (Sydney time) 

at Dockside, Balcony Level, Cockle Bay Wharf, Darling Park, Sydney 2000.

Myer Holdings Limited ABN 14 119 085 602

The 2019 Myer Annual Report reflects the Company’s financial and sustainability performance for the period 29 July 2018 to 27 July 2019. It covers our retail 
and store support operations in Australia. The Annual Report is prepared for all Myer stakeholders including shareholders, analysts, customers, suppliers, 
team members, and the wider community. Content is based on ASX financial and governance reporting guidelines, stakeholder feedback, and Myer’s business 
strategy. Further information is available from myer.com.au.

 
A B OUT M Y ER

Myer is one of Australia’s largest department store groups with a focus on 
placing customers first in every decision we make, and every action we take.

Myer operates 61 department stores 

we have sourcing offices located in 

Our loyalty program, MYER one, has 

across Australia, and with our team 

China and Hong Kong. 

members, we are committed to being 

Australia’s favourite department store.

Myer’s online business is a significant 

asset that continues to deliver strong 

Our merchandise offer includes core 

growth, now representing our largest 

product categories: Womenswear; 

store by sales. 

Menswear; Childrenswear; Beauty; 

Homewares; Electrical Goods; Toys 

and General Merchandise.

The majority of Myer’s operations 

are in Australia and encompass Myer 

department stores, sass & bide and 

Marcs and David Lawrence (MDL). In 

addition to our Australian operations, 

We will provide friendly, 
helpful service, high quality 
and exclusive brands and 
offer compelling value.

more than five million membership 

cards in circulation. Members earn 

Credits on purchases at Myer that 

convert into Reward Cards on a 

quarterly basis. For every $1,000 spent 

at Myer, Members receive a $20 Reward 

Card. Members can also earn MYER 

one Credits at MYER one affiliates and 

on purchases made with the Myer 

Credit Card. Further details about 

the MYER one program are available  

at: myerone.com.au.

1

Y
E
A
R

I

N

R
E
V

I

E
W

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
2

CH A IR M A N &   

CEO’ S  R EP OR T

We are pleased to report on a year where we have continued to strengthen the foundations 
of our great Company. We have made good progress in executing the Customer First Plan to 
underpin the future success of the Company and to ensure we are making decisions that are 
in the best interests of customers and shareholders.

STRENGTHENED BOARD AND 
EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT TEAM

During the year we have significantly 

refreshed the Board to ensure we have 

the right skills and experience with five 

of the eight current Board members 

having joined within the last three 

years. This includes the appointments 

of respected IT entrepreneur Lyndsey 

Cattermole AM and experienced retailer 

Jacquie Naylor. 

Lyndsey founded one of Australia’s 

largest and most successful 

IT businesses, Aspect Computing, 

which operated for almost thirty years 

before being sold to the ASX-listed 

company KAZ Group. She also has 

significant board experience including 

at Foster’s Group Ltd, Treasury Wine 

Estates Ltd, Tatts Group Ltd and the 

Victorian Major Events Corporation.

Jacquie brings to the Board a wealth 

of experience and knowledge of both 

women’s and men’s apparel, homewares 

and outdoor brands. She has been an 

owner, director and executive at some 

of the most iconic Australian retailers 

including as an Executive Director and 

Non-Executive Director at The PAS 

Group. In addition, Jacquie was a Non-

Executive Director of one of the world’s 

most trusted outdoor brands, Macpac, 

and has also been a Group Executive 

Director at the Just Jeans Group. 

Importantly, we now have an equal 

split of female and male directors 

demonstrating our commitment to 

gender diversity, which better aligns  

the Board with the diversity of our 

customer base.

As shareholders know, we have been 

FY2019 RESULTS 

encouraging directors to have skin in 

the game to better align their interests 

with shareholders. Last year the Board 

introduced a Shareholding Policy 

whereby each Non-Executive Director 

targets the purchase of a shareholding 

that is the equivalent of a minimum of 

one year’s directors’ fees within three 

years. The directors have responded 

positively to this Policy and collectively 

we now own over two million shares.

In addition to the significantly refreshed 

Board, we have strengthened the 

Executive Management Team to ensure 

it has the skills and experience needed 

to deliver the Customer First Plan. 

During the year we appointed Geoff 

Ikin as Chief Customer Officer. Geoff 

is responsible for the key customer 

facing functions of online, MYER one, 

marketing, advertising, public relations, 

social media, corporate affairs and 

communications. 

In September 2018 Tabitha Pearson 

joined Myer as Executive General 

Manager People and Culture, and 

is responsible for all aspects of 

Myer’s human resources including 

organisational development, sourcing 

and talent strategies, industrial 

relations, and risk and safety. 

Paul Goodall joined Myer in October 

2018 as Executive General Manager 

Store Design and Development and 

is responsible for store design, space 

planning, project management and 

visual merchandising. 

Our FY2019 results demonstrate our 

focus on profitable sales, a disciplined 

management of costs and cash, as well 

as deleveraging the business.

Total sales were down 3.5% to 

$2,991.8 million and comparable store 

sales were down 2.9%, in part reflecting 

our focus on profitable sales. Excluding 

sales of Apple products (exited May 

2019), FY2019 comparable sales were 

down 1.3%.

Total digital sales in FY2019 grew by 

21.9% to $292.1 million (including Marcs 

and David Lawrence (MDL) and sass 

& bide online sales, Myer Market, and 

$29.8 million via in-store iPads), now 

representing our largest store and 

9.8% of total sales.

Operating gross profit (OGP) declined 

by 1.9% to $1,162.4 million. OGP margin 

increased by 65 basis points to 38.9%, 

driven by an improved Myer Exclusive 

Brands (MEBs) mix as well as lower 

promotional markdowns and shrinkage. 

Cost of doing business (CODB) 

decreased by 3.1% to $1,002.4 million 

which reflected improved efficiencies 

both in stores and at the Support Office.

Earnings before interest, tax, 

depreciation and amortisation 

(EBITDA) increased by 7.2% to 

$160.1 million. Net profit after tax 

(NPAT) pre-implementation costs 

and individually significant items 

increased by 2.2% to $33.2 million.

Operating cash flow (before interest 

& tax) increased by $8 million to 

$138 million, and closing net debt 

of $39 million was $69 million below 
last year. The dividend continues to 

be suspended. 

3

Y
E
A
R

I

N

R
E
V

I

E
W

Garry Hounsell 
Chairman

John King  
Managing Director and CEO

PUTTING CUSTOMERS FIRST

Online 

Myer team members have been focused 

Throughout the year we have continued 

on the delivery of the Customer First 

to improve the customer’s digital 

Plan and we are continuing to place 

shopping experience, following 

program. As the event partner they 

received more than $200,000, which will 

go to assisting mothers who have been 

affected by family violence. 

customers first, in every decision we 

the launch of our new website in 

This year, with our customers, we also 

make, and every action we take. Much 

September 2018. We have enhanced the 

raised $240,000 to assist flood and 

work has been achieved across the key 

experience by focusing on customer 

drought affected communities.

focus areas, but there is much more to 

feedback and building new features and 

be done as we continue to strengthen 

improvements, in particular on mobile 

THANK YOU 

the foundations of our Company for 

devices. In addition, we continue to 

future growth. 

Customer

We have provided additional space in 

our core categories optimising the brand 

flow and allowing the prominent display 

of quality brands that are exclusive to 

close the gap between our in-store and 

online ranges, and are progressing on 

completing our aim of matching our 

store and online ranges by the end of 

the calendar year.  

Efficiency 

As we mark one year of delivery against 

the Customer First Plan, we thank you 

for the confidence you have shown in 

the Board and Executive Management 

Team, as we further strengthen the 

foundations of this Company for future 

growth and the delivery of shareholder 

value. We know there is much more 

Myer. These improved layouts and brand 

We have continued with our commitment 

to be done to transform this business 

adjacencies have been undertaken 

to always be making money or saving 

in the interests of customers and 

in 34 stores, and in many stores also 

money. As part of this, we have made 

shareholders and we look forward to 

included the introduction of new brands. 

decisions throughout the year not to 

working with you to achieve this.

We have completed refurbishments 

chase unprofitable sales. 

Yours sincerely, 

at our Castle Hill and Maroochydore 

In addition, we have continued to 

stores and have announced store 

ensure that our Support Office is 

refurbishments and space reductions 

operating as closely to our customers 

for our Cairns and Belconnen stores. 

as possible by simplifying structures 

As part of this work, we will improve the 

and reducing duplication. This has 

range and offer at these stores for our 

resulted in a number of non-customer 

loyal customers. In addition to this, we 

facing management and administration 

have extended the lease of our historic 

roles leaving the business, and we have 

Ballarat store, and will be undertaking 

further reduced the Support Office by 

store improvements. 

Brands 

one floor. 

COMMUNITY 

In the past year we have added more 

Each year the Myer Community Fund 

than 50 new brands, which is expected 

works with over 55 charities. This year  

to increase to 90 new brands by this 

it disbursed over $1.9 million in funding. 

Christmas. New brands include: Oasis, 

Warehouse, Karl Lagerfeld Paris, 

Selected Femme, Selected Homme, 

Vero Moda, Fiorucci, Rotate by Birger 

Christensen, Jack London, Twisted Tailor 
and Acqua di Parma. 

Now in its 15th year, the Precious Metal 

Ball is the Fund’s premiere fundraising 

event. This year it partnered with the 

Australian Childhood Foundation and 
supported their Bringing Up Great Kids 

Garry Hounsell 
Chairman

John King  
Managing Director and CEO 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
4

PER FOR M A NCE   

R E V IE W

The 2019 results reflect our focus on profitable sales, a disciplined  
management of costs and cash, and on deleveraging the business.

SALES

COST OF DOING BUSINESS

CASH FLOW AND BALANCE SHEET

Total sales were down 3.5% to 

Cost of doing business (CODB) 

Operating cash flow (before interest 

$2,991.8 million and comparable store 

decreased by 3.1% to $1,002.4 million 

& tax) increased by $8 million to 

sales were down 2.9%, in part reflecting 

which reflected improved efficiencies 

$138 million. Capital expenditure 

our focus on profitable sales. Excluding 

both in stores and at the Support Office, 

decreased to $45 million reflecting a 

sales of Apple products (exited May 

as well as cost savings achieved in IT, 

heightened focus on return hurdles. 

Net debt was $69 million lower than 

last year at $39 million reflecting the 

continued focus on deleveraging. 

Inventory decreased by 5.4% to 

$346.9 million.

2019), FY2019 comparable sales 

occupancy and marketing.

were down 1.3%.

Total digital sales in FY2019 grew by 

21.9% to $292.1 million (including 

Marcs and David Lawrence (MDL) and 

sass & bide online sales, Myer Market, 

and $29.8 million via in-store iPads), 

now representing our largest store 

and 9.8% of total sales. Online sales 

(excluding $29.8 million via in-store 

iPads) increased 25.6% to $262.3m.

OPERATING GROSS PROFIT

OGP declined by 1.9% to $1,162.4 million 

and OGP margin increased by 65 basis 

points to 38.9%, driven by an improved 

Myer Exclusive Brands (MEBs) mix as 

well as lower promotional markdowns 

and shrinkage. Total sales of MEBs 

increased by 1.9% to $527.2 million, 

now representing 17.6% of total sales 

as a result of improved merchandise 

and brand prioritisation.

Total digital sales now  
represents our largest store  
and 9.8% of total sales.

NET PROFIT AFTER TAX

Net profit after tax (NPAT) pre-

implementation costs and individually 

significant items increased by 2.2%  

to $33.2 million. Implementation  

costs and individually significant  

items (post-tax) totalled $8.7 million 

and included redundancies reflecting 

the simplification of the organisational 

structure, as well as an onerous  

lease and impairment of assets for  

an additional level vacated at the 

Support Office.

5

TOTAL SALES ($B)

NET PROFIT AFTER TAX ($M)*

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

33.2

32.5

3.0

3.1

3.2

3.3

3.2

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

67.9

69.3

77.5

OPERATING GROSS PROFIT MARGIN (%)

EARNINGS PER SHARE (CENTS)*

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

38.9

38.2

38.1

38.7

40.4

4.0

4.0

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

FINANCIAL SUMMARY ($M)

Total Sales

Operating Gross Profit

Operating Gross Profit Margin

Cost of Doing Business 

Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation (EBITDA)*

Earnings before interest and tax (EBIT)*

Net profit after tax (NPAT)*

Implementation costs and individually significant items (post-tax)

Statutory NPAT

* Excluding implementation costs and individually significant items 
** Not meaningful 

8.3

8.8

13.2

FY2019

2,991.8

1,162.4

38.85%

FY2018

3,100.6

1,184.4

38.20%

(1,002.4)

(1,035.0)

160.1

58.5

33.2

(8.7)

24.5

149.4

55.4

32.5

(518.5)

(486.0)

Change

 (3.5%)

(1.9%)

+65bps

(3.1%)

+7.2%

+5.5%

+2.2%

nm**

nm**

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW6

OUR   CUS TOMER 

FIR S T  PL A N

Throughout the year we have focused on implementing our Customer First Plan to transform the business in 
the interests of customers and shareholders. We continue to put customers first - in every decision we make, 
and every action we take. We are committed to ensuring Myer is Australia’s favourite department store, 
providing friendly, helpful service, high quality and exclusive brands and offering compelling value.

OUR VALUES 

CU STOME RS   
COME FI RST

OWN OUR   
FUTURE

DO WHAT’S 
RIGHT

ONE  INCLUSIV E 
TEAM

TR AN SFORM   
CU STOMER
EX PERIENCE   
I N  STORE

FOCUS  AREAS

‘ONLY A T MYER’ 
BRANDS AND   
CATE GORIE S; 
VALUE FOR MONEY

EF FICIE NCY LEV ERS

CONTINUE   
ENHANCING
MYER.COM.A U

SIMP LIFIED
BU SI NESS PROC ESSES
Work  smarter

EFFICIENT
FROM FACTORY   
TO CUSTOMER
Mov e product at low est total c ost

ACCELERATE D
COST REDUCTION
S pend prudently

OUR MYER VALUES

Our Customer First Plan Values are: 

An integral part of delivering our 

Customers Come First

Customer First Plan lies in our values. 

They guide our behaviour, shape our 

culture, and provide a framework for 

how we work at Myer.

Everyone at Myer has a role to play, from 

those who source and buy our products 

to the teams who sell them and everyone 

in between. The values we share bind us 

together, and are the things that matter 

the most to our customers and our 

people. In 2018 we refreshed our values 

to ensure we put the customer first, 
in every decision we make, and every 

action we take.

We’re passionate about the customer; 

they’re at the heart of everything we do.

Own Our Future

We find new ways and adapt to deliver 

the right results.

Do What’s Right

We execute with integrity and we strive 

to make a difference.

One Inclusive Team

We care as a family, work as a team.

CU STOME R SATISFAC TION

During the year Myer won the Roy 

country, from Penrith to Perth and from 

Morgan Annual Customer Satisfaction 

Cairns to Chadstone, our 61 stores and 

Award for Department Store of the Year. 

their teams strive to give every customer 

This is the fourth consecutive year that 

the best experience. We believe that it’s 

Myer has won this award and the sixth 

because of this customer first approach, 

time in the last eight years.

that they, our customers, have chosen 

Myer Melbourne General Manager, 

Loucinda McCorry, said at the awards 

ceremony:

“This award is wonderful recognition for 

again to make us their department store 

of the year. This is now the fourth year 

in a row that Myer has been given this 

honour, and it is something that we truly 

cherish and work tirelessly every day to 

the team at Myer. Every day across the 

retain.”

TRANSFORM CUSTOMER EXPERIENCE

Myer’s Santaland Wins!

7

experience and product range for our 

customers, including many new and 

exclusive brands.

Listening to our customers

Our Voice of Customer program 

provides our customers with the 

opportunity to rate their shopping 

experience in areas such as 

Myer’s Santaland has been recognised 

as the best retail marketing campaign 

in the world at the 2019 annual 

We closed the Logan store in January 

Shop! Global Awards, announced at 

2019 and also made the decision to exit 

GlobalShop in Chicago.

level four of Emporium in Melbourne 

product range, value, service and 

Myer’s Santalands ran in our 

ease of shopping. Each year, over 

flagship stores within the Myer 

300,000 customers complete these 

Christmas Giftorium. They featured 

from May 2020. As previously announced, 

the Hornsby store will also close 

by January 2020.

surveys and tell us about their recent 

three zones: Santaland Express, Claus’ 

Bringing Myer’s iconic ‘My Store’ 

shopping experience at Myer.

Residence and Santa’s Workshop.

campaign back

Dawn Ralph – Northlakes, QLD

Created by Active and IdeaWorks 

Myer relaunched the ‘My Store’ 

Dawn has received feedback from 

175 customers, averaging a Team Member 

Satisfaction score of 84% for the year.

by VMLY&R, Myer Santaland won two 

campaign in October 2018. The 

of the 16 Global Award categories 

campaign acknowledges the brand’s 

– Department Store Design and 

strong history and the special place 

Specialty Store Concepts. 

it holds in the Australian community, 

“She was friendly, approached me and 

showed me where I could find what I  

Store portfolio

was looking for and helped me use all  

We continue to improve productivity 

of my vouchers.”

Christopher Dragt – Hobart City, TAS

Christopher has received feedback 

from 153 customers, averaging a Team 

Member Satisfaction score of 87% for 

the year.

“He is highly personable and professional 

in his practice, knows me by name and 

looks to be his best at all times, Chris 

is a credit to Myer. I used to manage 

a menswear store in Sydney and I rate 

his service highly.”

Penny Heywood – Melbourne City, VIC

Penny has received feedback from 

112 customers, averaging a Team Member 

Satisfaction score of 89% for the year.

“Penny was prepared to help me in every 

way - she was patient, and she explained 

things to me. Nothing was too difficult 
for her; she was also very pleasant to 

deal with.”

across our store portfolio, with an 

absolute focus on removing unnecessary 

costs, while investing for growth.

In November 2018 we relaunched 

the Maroochydore store after a 

refurbishment. Refurbishment works at 

the Castle Hill store were also completed 

during the year. Together, these newly 

refurbished stores demonstrate our 

strong commitment to our customers 

and the wider community by offering 

the latest in fashion, homewares and 

entertainment with refreshed product 

ranges and new exclusive brands.

In May 2019 we announced that the 

Belconnen store would remain open 

and we have plans for its refurbishment, 

reversing a previous decision that the 

store would close this year. We also 

announced in July this year that our 

Cairns store will be refurbished. In both 

instances we will reduce floor space, 

whilst delivering an improved retail 

whilst also looking to the future to show 

how Myer is evolving and improving. 

The ‘My Store’ campaign showcased 

how Myer has been, and will continue 

to be, a part of the Australian way of life.

Naughty or Nice – the smart Christmas 

decoration

For Christmas 2018 Myer partnered 

with Clemenger BBDO Melbourne to 

introduce the ‘Naughty or Nice Bauble’. 

This bluetooth-enabled decoration 

allowed the user to choose whether 

it glowed red or green – naughty or 

nice – via their smartphone. The bauble 

and associated television campaign 

resonated strongly with our customers, 

with 15,000 units selling out in two 

weeks. Advertising industry news 

publication Mumbrella named the 

campaign 2018’s Ad of the Year. The 

campaign also received international 

recognition at events such as the 

Cannes Lions International Festival of 

Creativity, and the ADC Annual Awards.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW8

Vero Moda was launched in Myer 

in August 2018, with customers 

responding positively to the 

competitive price points and 

accessible day wear. As a result of 

its successful launch, the brand was 

extended to all stores in July 2019.

ONLY AT MYER BRANDS AND 
CATEGORIES

offer, with international brands that 

handbags and will be ranged in all stores 

are exclusive to Myer. During the year 

from August 2019. 

Throughout the year Myer reviewed every 

aspect of our brand and product mix to 

ensure we are offering our customers 

more of what they want to buy, ensuring 

the new, innovative and most wanted 

brands are placed in the best locations.

As part of this, we launched more 

than 50 new and exciting Australian 

and international brands in the past 

year. They included: Selected Femme, 

Selected Homme, Vero Moda, Jack 

London, Twisted Tailor and Acqua di 

Parma. This is expected to increase to 

over 90 new brands arriving in-store 

by Christmas 2019.

We expanded several of our most 

successful brands to additional stores, 

including: Polo Ralph Lauren, Rodd 

& Gunn, Tommy Hilfiger, Calvin Klein, 

Levi’s, Forever New, Sunglass Hut, 

Ferrari and Bestseller Group.

Similarly, a number of brands that were 

not performing were exited from stores; 

this reflects our commitment not to 

chase unprofitable sales and to also 

ensure space in our stores is used in the 

most productive and profitable way.

Implemented during the year the 

store merchandise relay program has 

significantly enhanced customers’ in-store 

experience. The program has provided 

additional space in our core categories of 

menswear and womenswear, optimising 

the brand flow and allowing the prominent 

display of quality brands that are exclusive 

to Myer. The program was implemented in 

34 stores.

The introduction of Selected Femme 

and the expansion of Vero Moda enables 

Myer to differentiate our womenswear 

the women’s fast fashion offer was 

further enhanced with the arrival of 

international brands Girls on Film, 

Warehouse and Oasis.

Beauty Emporium by Myer

Karl Largerfeld Paris

Karl Largerfeld Paris was launched 

in March 2019 in women’s apparel, 

footwear and handbags, offering 

customers accessibly priced products 

Developed during the year and launched 

from an iconic fashion brand name. 

in Melbourne City, Sydney City and 

Initially available in 11 stores, it will be 

Chadstone, Beauty Emporium by Myer 

expanded to 30 stores.

is a fresh approach to our beauty 

business. It offers over 80 innovative 

brands and incorporates new global 

trends including wellness, beauty with a 

conscience products, emerging Korean, 

Japanese and indie brands and travel 

retail. Impulse purchase stations are also 

featured. Complementing this are our 

newly trained beauty experts, ready to 

serve and educate our customers in all 

things beauty.

Aesop

In September 2018 Myer secured Aesop as 

an exclusive Australian department store 

brand. This agreement includes expanding 

the brand’s presence to 18 stores. 

Selected Femme & Selected Homme

Selected is a modern fashion brand from 

Denmark. Owned by Bestseller Group  

(the parent company of other exclusive 

to Myer brands Jack and Jones, Only, 

Vero Moda, Y.A.S., Name It, and Only 

Carmakoma), Selected is new to the 

Australian market and exclusive to Myer, 

offering both womenswear (Femme) and 

menswear (Homme).

Radley

Customers have responded well to the 

high quality British handbag brand, with 
classic styling that is both quirky and 

unique. It is one of the top brands in 

Warehouse

Warehouse was introduced into our fast 

fashion department online and in 20 

stores in April 2019. This UK brand has 

been offering the latest catwalk trends 

at great prices for over 40 years. Based 

on positive customer response we plan 

to extend the brand to 50 stores in 

February 2020.

Jack London

Jack London was secured as an exclusive 

to Myer menswear brand during 

the year and is now available online 

and in 12 stores. The brand creates 

contemporary clothes and accessories 

inspired by the sleek and sharp styles 

worn in the rock scene of the ‘60s. 

Twisted Tailor

Launched in March 2019, online and in 

10 stores, Twisted Tailor compliments 

Myer’s existing suiting business by 

offering younger fashionable customers 

an alternative to traditional tailoring, 

featuring slim fitting suits, shirts 

and outerwear.

Name It

Popular Danish childrenswear brand 

Name It launched in 20 stores and 

online in July 2019. The brand is 

known for its fun loving prints, vibrant 

We have also made progress in closing 

EFFICIENCY LEVERS 

9

colours and detailed styling for both 

the gap between our in-store and online 

boys and girls aged 5-10 years. For 

ranges with the implementation of 

more than 30 years, Name It has been 

the Myer Product Enrichment Portal. 

creating contemporary and affordable 

The portal simplifies and automates 

merchandise for kids and tweens.

the process of getting products from 

Store transformation

Stores were transformed during the year 

to better meet customer expectations, 

delivering an elevated shopping 

experience and refreshed apparel ranges.

These transformations saw the 

introduction of new, desirable designer 

brands into womenswear, menswear, 

and childrenswear. 

These changes, whilst significant in the 

eyes of our customers, were implemented 

with minimal capital expenditure and 

focused on product range, merchandise 

layout and department adjacencies. 

Range additions have proven popular 

with customers keen to shop the newly 

introduced brands and customers have 

also responded positively to the new store 

layouts that bring related departments 

together, in one location.

CONTINUE TO ENHANCE MYER.COM.AU

The digital experience

Throughout the year we have continued 

working to improve the customer’s 

digital shopping experience, following 

the launch of the new website in 

September 2018. We have enhanced 

the experience by addressing customer 

feedback, building new features 

and implementing incremental 

improvements to the site and overall 

online customer journey.

registration to selling online, resulting 

in significant savings in time and costs 

for the merchandise and online teams, 

as well as streamlining the process for 

our suppliers. As of July 2019, all eligible 

suppliers are using the portal to upload 

rich product content and imagery, with 

39,000 products being published via this 

process in 2H2019.

The portal was recognised at the 

2019 Akeneo PIM Summit, winning the 

‘Best B2C PIM Project’ award. Myer 

also received a nomination as ‘Digital 

Commerce Retailer of the Year’ at the 

2018 Australian Retail Awards.

The Myer Market continued to grow 

during the year, with over 145 sellers and 

58,000 products now available. This, 

combined with a growing range of ‘online 

only’ products, is expanding the Myer 

range well beyond what would be possible 

in a physical store, enabling us to test new 

brands and categories quickly and easily.

Popular online shopping events Black 

Friday (November 2018) and Boxing Day 

(December 2018) were our two largest 

online trading days for the year. On 

both occasions, the site experienced a 

significant uplift in traffic, orders and 

sales. Our investment in the new website 

and underlying cloud based technology 

meant that the site performed very 

well on these two occasions and 

demonstrates that we are well placed to 

meet continued growth during FY2020.

Support Office efficiency

We continued to make progress in our 

efficiency agenda, vacating further 

space at the Docklands Support 

Office in July 2019. Together with the 

space handbacks that have previously 

occurred, our Support Office now 

occupies 30% less space, providing 

further cost efficiencies.

RFID smart labels

Myer collaborated with Checkpoint 

Systems and GS1 Australia to improve 

stock availability and online sales with 

the trial of radio frequency identification 

(RFID) smart label merchandise tagging. 

This end-to-end solution improves 

inventory management whilst minimising 

product loss.

RFID smart labels allow Myer to ensure 

that our inventory is accurate and is 

able to meet our customers’ needs as 

and when they choose to buy from us. 

With RFID, we can now track movements 

of a product at all stages of its journey. 

If an item is RFID tagged at source, it 

can be tracked from the manufacturer 

all the way to the shop floor. RFID 

technology allows us to know exactly 

which individual SKUs we have available 

in-store or online and where they 

are located, ensuring an even better 

customer experience.

COMMU N ICATING   
WI TH   OU R TEAM

Throughout the year we made 

further enhancements to our team 

member communications app. 

This has revolutionised the way we 

communicate by digitising all store 

communications and delivering 

content directly to team members’ 

mobile phones. It allows timely 

communication to store teams and 

ensures leaders have more time on 

the shop floor leading their teams 

and focusing on the customer.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW10

SUS TA IN A B IL IT Y   

AT M Y ER

At Myer, sustainability is about responsible business growth and 
development that considers and addresses the environmental, ethical, 
economic and social impacts of our business operations and strategies.

Sustainability is about maximising 

feedback directly to team members’ 

measurable objectives in terms of 

positive outcomes and the impact 

mobile phones.

we have on our internal and external 

stakeholders and the environment. 

Our Sustainability Strategy has 

five focus areas: Customer, Team, 

Environment, Community and Business.

During the second half of the year, 

Myer commenced a review of the 

Sustainability Strategy, ensuring that it 

aligns with our Customer First Plan. 

As part of this review, we are taking into 

consideration Myer’s business activities 

and impacts, internal risk assessment, 

and our stakeholder concerns and 

interests. We will review and identify 

relevant metrics to enable us to measure 

and track our performance.

CUSTOMER

Myer’s customers are key to our 

sustainability as a business and our 

MYER one loyalty program has more 

than five million membership cards 

in circulation. We continue to work 

hard to delight them with our product 

TEAM

Myer team members are our most 

important resource. We are committed 

to offering our more than 10,900 team 

members a supportive, challenging and 

rewarding workplace that enables them 

to contribute and develop to their full 

potential.

At Myer, we understand the value 

of diversity and inclusion and we 

continue to focus on the delivery of our 

commitment. Throughout the year, we 

delivered a range of initiatives including 

participation in the Diversity Council 

Australia’s inaugural Workplace Inclusion 

Survey, rolling out flexible work options 

at the Support Office, facilitating 

unconscious bias education, trialing 

cultural awareness tools, partnering with 

Pride in Diversity, celebrating key events 

such as National Carer’s Week and 

delivering the Myer Academy diversity 

masterclass series.

range, services and reward them for 

Myer aspires to create and maintain a 

succession planning, parental leave and 

leadership development metrics.

Our commitment to developing the 

capability of our team was also reflected 

with the introduction of Certificate 

IV in Retail Management, as well as 

Merchandiser in Training and Planner 

in Training programs during the year.

Improving the safety, mental health 

and wellbeing of our team has also 

been a key focus throughout the year. 

We have implemented safety training 

programs and invested in mental health 

awareness training for our people 

leaders, having delivered this training 

to 415 people leaders in FY2019. We 

have also implemented programs and 

systems to improve safety governance 

and address our critical risks, including 

a new online incident reporting system. 

Our safety performance over the year 

demonstrated a small improvement in 

the number of injuries incurred with a 

decrease in the Total Recordable Injury 

Frequency Rate result of 22.5.

There was a marginal increase in Lost 

Time Injuries in FY2019 with a Lost Time 

Injury Frequency rate score of 6.0.

their loyalty.

Under the Customer First Plan, several 

pilot initiatives have been conducted to 

improve service, layouts, ranging and the 

appearance of stores, with better store 

communication and product knowledge 

collaborative and inclusive workplace 

to reflect the diversity of our customers 

and our community, to enable all team 

members and people leaders to reach 

ENVIRONMENT

their full potential and to contribute 

to Myer’s success.

Reducing energy usage and associated 

greenhouse gas emissions continues to 

supporting these initiatives.

The business focuses on three key 

be a focus for the business.

We have also worked with brand 

partners and team members to improve 

customer service and enhance the 

inclusion priorities being cultural 

diversity, LGBTI inclusion and female 

representation at senior leadership levels. 

This year Myer’s total energy use for 

the year reduced by 6.6% to 558,620 GJ, 

resulting in 124,023 tonnes of carbon 

overall in-store experience. We have 

The Group’s workforce composition 

dioxide equivalent greenhouse gas 

made significant changes to the way we 

at 27 July 2019 was 80.2% female, 

emissions which is a reduction of 8.6% 

communicate with team members in 

with 55.5% of leadership roles and 

from FY2018. The energy intensity of our 

stores, introducing an app that provides 
up to date operational information, 

57.1% of our Non-Executive Directors 
being female. Myer monitors progress 

business further reduced by 6.5% from 
FY2018.

product knowledge and customer 

in female representation through 

Since the commencement of the 

sustaining effective re-use systems 

BUSINESS

11

sustainability strategy in 2014, we 

including cardboard and paper, clear 

have achieved a 22% reduction in 

flexible plastics, apparel hangers, 

total net company overall energy use, 
29% reduction in CO2 emissions and 
19% reduction in our energy intensity.

We will continue to drive operational 

efficiencies including the implementation 

of the Energy Resource Advisor reporting 

tool, in partnership with Schneider 

Electric, allowing us to monitor ongoing 

daily energy performances and action 

both short-term and long-term initiatives 

to control and optimise energy use. This 

year, we have been able to benchmark 

our overnight ‘base load energy’ usage 

and target further energy savings during 

non-trading periods.

We have set conservative energy 

targets for FY2020 with a view to hold 

current results as we continue to work 

through and reset our ongoing long-

term strategy and identify energy 

reduction opportunities relative to 

investment returns.

Myer continues its commitment to adopt 

the Australian Packaging Covenant (APC), 

Sustainable Packaging Guidelines and 

related product stewardship. The APC is a 

key partner with government and industry 

to help optimise the packaging practices, 

damaged and unsold stock, timber 

pallets and security tags.

COMMUNITY

Myer has a longstanding history of 

community investment and partnerships 

that are mainly aligned with the theme 

‘empowering and supporting women; 

strengthening families’. This year, 

Myer is committed to the highest 

levels of integrity and ethics in our 

business operations and we work 

with partners that share our values of 

accountability, corporate responsibility, 

and sustainability in the industry. 

This commitment is embedded in our 

code of conduct and whistle-blower 

program, supplier terms and Ethical 

Sourcing Policy.

Myer continued to support the Myer 

Myer understands the importance of 

Community Fund, which worked with  

sourcing products in a responsible 

its stakeholders to contribute a total of 

manner and integrating an effective 

$1.9 million to our local communities.

and sustainable supply chain within our 

In 2019 the Precious Metal 
Ball supported the Australian 
Childhood Foundation, with 
funds raised going towards 
the ‘Bringing Up Great Kids 
- Parenting After Family 
Violence’ program.

business. Business partners must adhere 

to Myer’s Ethical Sourcing Policy which 

covers a range of key labour indicators 

such as wages and benefits, working 

hours and discrimination. The policy 

requires business partners to ensure 

that workers are treated fairly, with 

respect, are paid fairly and work in a safe 

and hygienic environment. The Policy 

prohibits the use of forced or slave 

labour, child labour and acts of bribery.

In FY2019, we reviewed audits from 

243 business partners (366 factory 

audits) within our Myer Exclusive Brand 

network. Our review identified no Zero 

Tolerance issues and 64 High Risk issues, 

reduce the environmental impact of 

In May 2019, the Myer Community Fund 

which primarily related to excessive 

packaging in Australian communities and 

hosted the Precious Metal Ball, which is 

overtime hours and the need for safety 

increase recycling diversion.

the most successful fundraising activity 

improvements. Myer is continuing its 

In FY2019 the Company’s total waste 

generation fell by approximately 8.5% 

which was driven primarily by an overall 

reduction in waste sent to landfill, while 

on the Myer Community Fund calendar. 

working relationships with the factories 

We are proud to have supported the 

to address the High Risk issues.

Fund in raising more than $9 million over 

the past 13 years to aid those in need.

SUSTAINABILITY PERFORMANCE AND TARGETS

Focus area

Key measure

Customer

Net Promoter Score

Team

Diversity and inclusion  

(% female senior managers)

Workplace safety (LTIFR)

Community Direct community contribution (% EBIT)

Environment Greenhouse gas emissions reduction (%)(2)

Energy intensity (kJ/m2.opening hour)(2)

Recycling rate (%)

Business

New suppliers agreed to  

Ethical Sourcing Policy (%)

Code of Conduct training  

(% of required team members trained)

  Improved / met target 

  Did not reach target

FY2017 

FY2018 

FY2019 

Performance

Performance

Performance

FY2020  
Target(1)

Target not met

Achieved 

Achieved

Improvement

51

5.8

1.4

7.7

166.6

57

100

85.9

57

5.4

3.0

7.4

156.5

60

100

82.5

55

6.0

1.2

8.6

146.4

64

100

83.8

≥50

<5.7

>0.5

≥1.0

≤146.0

≥60

100

≥80.0

(1) Previous financial year targets are available in Myer Annual Reports available on our Investor Centre website

(2) Energy and emission data reported from 1 July to 30 June fiscal year

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW12

D IR EC TOR S’  R EP OR T
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Your Directors present their report on the consolidated entity consisting of Myer Holdings Limited ABN 14 119 085 602 (the Company 
or Myer) and the entities it controlled (collectively referred to as the Group) at the end of, or during the financial period ended, 
27 July 2019. 

1.  DIRECTORS 

The following persons were Directors of the Company during the financial period and/or up to the date of this Directors’ Report: 

Director 

Garry Hounsell 

Position 

Independent Non-Executive Director 
Deputy Chairman from 20 September 2017 to 23 November 
2017 
Chairman from 24 November 2017 and from 4 June 2018 
Executive Chairman from 14 February 2018 to 3 June 2018 

John King 

CEO and Managing Director 

Lyndsey Cattermole AM 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Ian Cornell 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Julie Ann Morrison 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Jacquie Naylor 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

JoAnne Stephenson 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Dave Whittle 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Chris Froggatt 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Bob Thorn 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Date appointed 

20 September 2017 

4 June 2018 

15 October 2018 

6 February 2014 

17 October 2017 

27 May 2019 

28 November 2016 

30 November 2015 

9 December 2010 

6 February 2014 

Chris Froggatt retired from the Board with effect from 30 November 2018. Bob Thorn resigned from the Board with effect from 
24 February 2019. All Directors other than Ms Cattermole AM, Ms Froggatt, Ms Naylor, and Mr Thorn served as Directors of the 
Company for the whole financial period and until the date of this Directors’ Report. Details of the qualifications, experience, and special 
responsibilities of each current Director are as follows. 

GARRY HOUNSELL 
Chairman 

JOHN KING 
Chief Executive Officer & Managing Director 

• 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

•  Member of the Board since 4 June 2018 

•  Member of the Board since 20 September 2017 

•  Chairman from 24 November 2017 and from 4 June 2018 

• 

Executive Chairman from 14 February 2018 to 3 June 2018 

•  Chairman – Nomination Committee 

•  Member – Audit, Finance and Risk Committee 

Garry has been Chairman of Spotless Holdings Limited, 
PanAust Limited and eMitch Limited and Deputy Chairman of 
Mitchell Communications Group Limited. He has also been a 
Director of Qantas Airways Limited, Orica Limited, Nufarm 
Limited, Integral Diagnostics Limited and DuluxGroup Limited. 
Garry was also a Director of the Burnet Institute Limited and 
Methodist Ladies’ College Limited. He was an Advisory Board 
member of PanAust Limited and Rothschild Australia Limited.  

Garry is a former Chief Executive Officer and Country Managing 
Partner of Arthur Andersen and a Senior Partner of Ernst & 
Young. He is a Fellow of Australian Institute of Company 
Directors and a Fellow of Chartered Accountants Australia and 
New Zealand. Garry resides in Victoria. 

Other current directorships 

Garry is the Chairman of Helloworld Travel Limited and a 
Director of Treasury Wine Estates Limited. He is also a Director 
of Commonwealth Superannuation Corporation Limited. 

John was appointed CEO & Managing Director on 4 June 2018. 
In this role John has overall accountability for Myer strategy and 
performance. John brings to the role more than 30 years’ retail 
experience in merchandising and management roles across a 
variety of retail sectors, including department stores, value retail 
and wholesale apparel. 

Most recently John led the successful turnaround of House of 
Fraser from 2006 to 2015. During his tenure he improved the 
product differentiation, decreased debt, improved EBITDA and 
repositioned the business as one of the leading premium 
department stores in the UK. 

John also successfully led Matalan from 2003 - 2006, an apparel 
and housewares retailer based in the UK. In this role, John 
launched new brands, opened 20 new stores and successfully 
sold the company back to the founder. He started his career at 
Sainsbury’s and also worked for Marks & Spencer before taking 
senior roles in the manufacturing and wholesale sector in the UK 
and the USA. John resides in Victoria. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 
Continued 

13

LYNDSEY CATTERMOLE AM 
Independent Non-Executive Director 

IAN CORNELL 
Independent Non-Executive Director 

•  Member of the Board since 15 October 2018 

•  Member of the Board since 6 February 2014 

•  Member – Nomination Committee 

•  Chairman – Human Resources and Remuneration 

Committee 

•  Member – Nomination Committee 

Ian has extensive experience in the retail industry across a 
number of senior retail roles, including 11 years at Westfield. 
During his time at Westfield, Ian was Head of Human Resources 
for seven years and also responsible for retailing relationships in 
Australia and New Zealand. He also spent three years as the 
Head of Management and Marketing for Westfield's shopping 
centres in Australia and New Zealand and has extensive 
experience in large scale retail operations and responding to 
changing consumer trends.  

Prior to joining Westfield, Ian was chairman and CEO of 
supermarket chain, Franklins, and prior to that he spent 22 
years at Woolworths, including his role as Chief General 
Manager Supermarkets.  

Ian has previously been a director of Goodman Fielder Limited. 
Ian is also a Fellow of the Institute of Management, a Fellow of 
the Human Resources Institute, a member of the Australian 
Institute of Company Directors, and a graduate of the Advanced 
Management Programme at Harvard. Ian resides in New South 
Wales. 

Other current directorships 

Ian is the Non-Executive Chairman of Baby Bunting Group 
Limited and a Non-Executive Director of Inglis Bloodstock, as 
well as the PKD Foundation of Australia, a charitable foundation 
raising funds for medical research into kidney disease. 

•  Member – Human Resources and Remuneration 

Committee 

Lyndsey founded one of Australia’s largest and most successful 
IT businesses, Aspect Computing, which operated for almost 
thirty years before being sold to the ASX listed company KAZ 
Group. Aspect Computing specialised in IT consulting, program 
development and product development, including retail and 
training. Aspect Computing developed international award 
winning systems and created one of Australia’s biggest software 
product exports, LANSA. In 2002, Lyndsey became a Non-
Executive Director of KAZ Group following its purchase of 
Aspect Computing. 

She has significant board experience including at Foster’s 
Group Ltd, Treasury Wine Estates Ltd, Tatts Group Ltd and the 
Victorian Major Events Corporation. Lyndsey also has extensive 
experience on State and Federal Government committees and 
boards, including the Federal Government’s Electronic, 
Electrical and Information Industry Board and the Prime 
Minister’s Science and Engineering Council. In Victoria, she was 
a member of the Premier’s Business Round Table. 

Lyndsey was a Director of the Heide Museum for Modern Art, 
the Melbourne Theatre Company and has spent over ten years 
involved with community health, including at the Royal 
Children’s Hospital Foundation and as Chairman for the 
Women’s and Children’s Health Care Network. She was 
instrumental in merging the Royal Children’s Hospital Research 
Institute and the Murdoch Research Institute to form the 
Murdoch Children’s Research Institute; which is now one of 
Australia’s largest biomedical research institutes. 

For her significant community involvement Lyndsey has been 
awarded an Order of Australia (AM). She is also a Fellow of the 
Australian Computer Society recognising her distinguished 
contribution to the Australian IT industry. Lyndsey resides in 
Victoria. 

Other current directorships 

Lyndsey is a director of PACT Group Holdings Ltd, Florey 
Neurosciences, and the Melbourne Rebels. 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14

D I R EC TO R S’  R E P O R T
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 
Continued
Continued 

JULIE ANN MORRISON 
Independent Non-Executive Director 

•  Member of the Board since 17 October 2017 

•  Member – Human Resources and Remuneration 

Committee 

•  Member – Nomination Committee 

Julie Ann has over 30 years’ retail experience in brands, fashion 
and cosmetics from the sales floor through to buying, marketing, 
HR and as a managing director.  

Julie Ann was Managing Director of Bulgari UK (2012 to 2014) 
concurrent with being Managing Director of Bulgari Australia 
(2007 to 2014), part of the LVMH Group. She was also the 
Managing Director of FJB Australia, the then largest luxury 
goods company in Australia, which had franchise rights for 
brands including Gucci, Guess, Moschino, Lanvin and Fendi in 
South East Asia and Australia. While at FJB, she established 
and headed up an international licensing business for local and 
US brands overseeing offices in Italy and New York with 
production in China. Julie Ann was a finalist in the BRW/Qantas 
Business Woman of the Year and went on to establish a 
management consulting business specialising in retail and 
brands. She holds a Master of Arts, Creative Media from RMIT 
University and a Diploma of Arts, RMIT University. She has 
been a member of the Institute of Directors (UK) and is currently 
a member of the Australian Institute of Company Directors.  

From February 2017 to June 2018, Julie Ann was Non-
Executive Chair of Myer subsidiary boards overseeing the sass 
& bide, Marcs and David Lawrence brands where she set brand 
and business strategies. In June 2018 she handed responsibility 
for overseeing these brands to the incoming CEO, John King. 

Julie Ann is an advisory board member and consultant to Carla 
Zampatti Pty Ltd. She also consults on projects specialising in 
fashion, retail, brands and the arts. Julie Ann resides in Victoria. 

JACQUIE NAYLOR 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

•  Member of the Board since 27 May 2019 

•  Member – Nomination Committee 

•  Member – Human Resources and Remuneration 

Committee 

Jacquie was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 27 May 
2019. Jacquie brings to the role a wealth of experience and 
knowledge of both women’s and men’s apparel, homewares and 
outdoor brands. She has been an owner, director and executive 
at some of the most iconic Australian retailers including as an 
Executive Director and Non-Executive Director at The PAS 
Group. In addition, Jacquie was a Non-Executive Director of one 
of the world’s most trusted outdoor brands, Macpac, which is 
sold in more than thirty countries. 
At the Just Jeans Group, Jacquie was a Group Executive 
Director and responsible for driving the merchandise, marketing 
and brand strategies of their key brands including Just Jeans, 
Jay Jays, Portmans, Jacqui E and Dotti. 
Jacquie brings to the Myer Board considerable eCommerce 
experience from her retail career and as a strategic adviser at 
Practicology, a digital marketing and eCommerce agency. 
Jacquie was a Non-Executive Director of the Virgin Australia 
Melbourne Fashion Festival for more than 12 years and remains 
committed to showcasing the fashion industry as well as new 
and emerging talent. Jacquie is also a member of the Australian 
Institute of Company Directors and of the International Women’s 
Forum. Jacquie resides in Victoria. 

Other current directorships 

Jacquie is a Non-Executive Director of Cambridge Clothing Ltd. 

JOANNE STEPHENSON 
Independent Non-Executive Director 

•  Member of the Board since 28 November 2016 

•  Chairman – Audit, Finance and Risk Committee 

•  Member – Nomination Committee 

JoAnne has extensive experience spanning over 25 years 
across a range of industries. JoAnne was previously a senior 
client partner in the Advisory division at KPMG and has key 
strengths in finance, accounting, risk management and 
governance. JoAnne holds a Bachelor of Commerce and 
Bachelor of Laws (Honours) from The University of Queensland. 
She is also a member of both the Australian Institute of 
Company Directors and Chartered Accountants Australia and 
New Zealand. JoAnne resides in Victoria. 

Other current directorships 

JoAnne is an Independent Non-Executive Director of Challenger 
Limited, Asaleo Care Limited and Japara Healthcare Limited. 
She is also Chair of the Victorian Major Transport Infrastructure 
Board and the Melbourne Chamber Orchestra. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
D I R EC TO R S’   R E P O R T
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 
Continued
Continued 

15

DAVE WHITTLE 
Independent Non-Executive Director 

•  Member of the Board since 30 November 2015 

•  Member – Audit, Finance and Risk Committee 

•  Member – Nomination Committee 

Dave has considerable marketing, data, technology, 
eCommerce and digital transformation experience. Over the last 
five years Dave has led Lexer, a global data analytics software 
company helping innovative retail brands genuinely understand 
and engage their customers. 

Previously, Dave spent 10 years with global advertising group 
M&C Saatchi in a number of local and international leadership 
roles, culminating in three years as Managing Director in 
Australia. Prior to joining M&C Saatchi, Dave was the first 
employee of a marketing services group that built four digital 
service and software businesses.  

Dave has a Bachelor of Arts and a Bachelor of Commerce from 
Deakin University. Dave resides in New South Wales. 

Other current directorships 

Dave is a director of Lexer Pty Ltd. 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 
D I R EC TO R S’  R E P O R T
Continued 
Continued

2.  DIRECTORSHIPS OF OTHER LISTED COMPANIES 

The following table shows, for each Director, all directorships of companies that were listed on the ASX, other than the Company, since 
26 July 2016, and the period during which each directorship has been held. 

Director 

Listed entity 

Garry Hounsell 

Helloworld Travel Limited 

Integral Diagnostics Limited 

Spotless Group Holdings Limited 

Treasury Wine Estates Limited 

DuluxGroup Limited 

John King 

- 

Lyndsey Cattermole AM 

PACT Group Holdings Limited 

Ian Cornell 

Baby Bunting Group Limited 

Julie Ann Morrison 

Jacquie Naylor 

JoAnne Stephenson 

Dave Whittle  

Chris Froggatt 

Bob Thorn 

- 

- 

Challenger Limited 
Asaleo Care Limited 
Japara Healthcare Limited 

- 

- 

Period directorship held 

October 2016 – present 

October 2015 – March 2017 

March 2014 – August 2017 

September 2012 – present 

July 2010 – December 2017 

- 

November 2013 – present 

January 2015 –  present 

- 

- 

October 2012 –  present 
May 2014 – present  
September 2015 – present  

- 

- 

MotorCycle Holdings Limited 
PWR Holdings Limited 

March 2016 – July 2016 
August 2015 – March 2017 

3.  MEETINGS OF DIRECTORS AND BOARD COMMITTEES 

The number of meetings of the Board and of each Board Committee held during the period ended 27 July 2019 are set out below. All 
Directors are invited to attend Board Committee meetings. Most Board Committee meetings are attended by all Directors; however, 
only attendance by Directors who are members of the relevant Board Committee is shown in the table below: 

Director 

Meetings of 
Directors** 

Audit, Finance and 
Risk Committee 

Human Resources 
and Remuneration 
Committee 

Nomination 
Committee 

Meetings 
Held* 

Attended 

Meetings 
Held* 

Attended 

Meetings 
Held* 

Attended 

Meetings 
Held* 

Attended 

Garry Hounsell 

John King 

Lyndsey Cattermole AM 

Ian Cornell 

Julie Ann Morrison 

Jacquie Naylor 

JoAnne Stephenson 

Dave Whittle 

Chris Froggatt 

Bob Thorn 

12 

12 

10 

12 

12 

2 

12 

12 

4 

7 

12 

12 

10 

12 

12 

2 

12 

12 

4 

7 

1 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1 

4 

4 

- 

2 

1 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1 

4 

4 

- 

2 

3 

- 

2 

5 

- 

- 

5 

- 

3 

- 

3 

- 

2 

5 

- 

- 

5 

- 

3 

- 

3 

- 

2 

3 

3 

1 

3 

3 

1 

1 

3 

- 

2 

3 

3 

1 

3 

2 

1 

0 

*  Number of meetings held during the time the Director held office or was a member of the Committee during the year 

** Teleconferences outside of scheduled Board meetings have not been included in the table above 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 
D I R EC TO R S’   R E P O R T
Continued 
Continued

17

4.  DIRECTORS’ RELEVANT INTERESTS IN SHARES 

The following table sets out the relevant interests that each Director has in the Company’s ordinary shares or other securities as at the 
date of this Directors’ Report. No Director has a relevant interest in a related body corporate of the Company. 

Director 

Garry Hounsell 

John King 

Lyndsey Cattermole AM 

Ian Cornell 

Julie Ann Morrison 

Jacquie Naylor 

JoAnne Stephenson 

Dave Whittle 

Ordinary Shares 

Performance 
Rights 

Performance 
Options 

1,000,000 

Nil 

Nil 

400,000 

659,996 

266,000 

124,788 

Nil 

95,000 

66,666 

2,432,432 

9,032,258 

Nil 

Nil 

Nil 

Nil 

Nil 

Nil 

Nil 

Nil 

Nil 

Nil 

Nil 

Nil 

5.  COMPANY SECRETARY AND OTHER OFFICERS 

Jonathan Garland was promoted to Company Secretary of the Company effective 31 July 2018 and General Counsel effective 
1 September 2018. Prior to joining Myer, Jonathan Garland worked for leading law firms Clayton Utz, Linklaters in London and Norton 
Rose Fulbright. 

Prior to this, Richard Amos was Chief General Counsel and Company Secretary of the Company from 6 July 2015 to 31 July 2018. 

Myer’s Chief Financial Officer is Nigel Chadwick. Details of Nigel Chadwick’s experience and background are set out in the Executive 
Management Team section of Myer’s Investor Centre website.  

6.  PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES 

During the financial period, the principal activity of the Group was the operation of the Myer department store business. 

7.  OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW  

SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL RESULTS FOR 52 WEEKS ENDED 27 JULY 2019  

• 

Total sales declined by 3.5% to $2,991.8 million, with comparable store sales down 1.3% excluding sales in Apple products 
(exited May 2019). The sales result, in part, reflects the focus on profitable sales 

•  Online sales were up 25.6% to $262.3 million (includes Marcs and David Lawrence (MDL) and sass & bide online sales, Myer 

Market but excludes $29.8 million via in-store iPads). Digital sales were up 21.9% to $292.1 million (comprises online sales and 
sales via in-store iPads), now representing our largest store and 9.8% of total sales 

•  Operating gross profit (OGP) declined by 1.9% to $1,162.4 million, and OGP margin increased by 65 basis points to 38.85%. The 
improved OGP margin was driven by improved Myer Exclusive Brands (MEBs) mix as well as lower promotional markdowns and 
shrinkage 

•  Cost of doing business (CODB) decreased by 3.1% to $1,002.4 million. This has been driven by improved efficiencies both in 

store and Support Office, and cost savings achieved in IT, occupancy and marketing 

• 

EBITDA increased by 7.2% to $160.1 million 

•  NPAT pre implementation costs and individually significant items increased by 2.2% to $33.2 million, despite increased 

depreciation and finance costs 

• 

• 

• 

Implementation costs and individually significant items (post-tax) totalled $8.7 million and included redundancies reflecting the 
simplification of the organisational structure, as well as an onerous lease and impairment of assets for an additional level vacated  
at the Support Office 

Statutory NPAT was $24.5 million, compared to a $486.0 million loss in FY2018 

Inventory was down 5.4% to $346.9 million 

•  Operating cash flow (before interest and tax) increased by $8 million to $138 million with total net debt reduced by $69 million 

• 

The dividend continues to be suspended 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 
D I R EC TO R S’  R E P O R T
Continued 
Continued

INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE 52 WEEKS TO 27 JULY 2019 

Total Sales  

Concessions  

Myer Exclusive Brands 

National Brands and other 

Operating Gross Profit 

Operating Gross Profit margin  

Cost of Doing Business 

Cost of Doing Business/Sales 

EBITDA* 

EBITDA margin* 

Depreciation and amortisation 

EBIT* 

Net Finance Costs 

Net Profit Before Tax* 

Tax* 

2019 
$m 

2018 
$m 

Change         
($m) 

Change 
(%)  

2,991.8 

3,100.6 

(108.8) 

612.2 

527.2 

654.0 

517.2 

1,852.4 

1,929.4 

1,162.4 

38.85% 

1,184.4 

38.20% 

(1,002.4) 

33.50% 

(1,035.0) 

33.38% 

160.1 

5.35% 

(101.6) 

58.5 

(11.5) 

47.0 

149.4 

4.82% 

(94.0) 

55.4 

(9.0) 

46.4 

(41.8) 

10.0 

(77.0) 

(21.9) 

(32.6) 

10.7 

7.6 

3.1 

2.5 

0.6 

(3.5%) 

(6.4%) 

+1.9% 

(4.0%) 

(1.9%) 

+65bps 

(3.1%) 

+12bps 

+7.2% 

+53bps 

+8.1% 

+5.5% 

+27.0% 

+1.3% 

(13.8) 

(13.9) 

(0.1) 

(0.7%) 

Net Profit After Tax (NPAT) (pre implementation costs 
and individually significant items) 

33.2 

32.5 

0.7 

+2.2% 

Implementation costs and individually significant items 
(post-tax) 

(8.7) 

(518.5) 

509.8 

nm** 

NPAT (post implementation costs and individually 
significant items) 

* Excluding implementation costs and individually significant items 
** not meaningful 

24.5 

(486.0) 

510.5 

nm** 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 
D I R EC TO R S’   R E P O R T
Continued 
Continued

19

BALANCE SHEET AS AT 27 JULY 2019 

Inventory 

Creditors 

Other Assets 

Other Liabilities 

Property 

Fixed Assets 

Intangibles 

Total Funds Employed 

Debt 

Less Cash 

Net (Debt) / Cash   

Equity 

CASH FLOW FOR THE 52 WEEKS TO 27 JULY 2019 

EBITDA* 

Working capital movement  

Operating cash flow (before interest and tax) 

Conversion 

Tax paid 

Interest paid 

Operating cash flow 
Capex** 

Free cash flow before dividends 

Dividends 

Other 

Net cash flow 

July 2019 
$m 

July 2018 
$m 

346.9 

(372.7) 

41.1 

(225.8) 

22.7 

360.8 

467.6 

640.7 

(86.1) 

47.4 

(38.7) 

602.1 

2019 
$m 

151.0 

(12.5) 

138.5 

91.7% 

(13.6) 

(9.3) 

115.6 

(44.7) 

70.9 

- 

(0.4) 

70.6 

2019 

8.8% 

6.0% 

0.27x 

366.8 

(381.2) 

35.1 

(238.7) 

23.2 

400.9 

485.2 

691.4 

(149.2) 

41.8 

(107.4) 

584.0 

2018 
$m 

135.0 

(4.4) 

130.6 

96.7% 

(12.3) 

(8.7) 

109.6 

(86.8) 

22.8 

(16.4) 

(0.2) 

6.2 

2018 

5.9%** 

15.5%** 

0.72x 

* EBITDA includes implementation costs and individually significant items with the exception of non-cash asset impairments 
** Net of landlord contributions 

OTHER STATISTICS AND FINANCIAL RATIOS  

Return on Total Funds Employed* 

Gearing 

Net Debt/EBITDA* 

*Calculated on a rolling 12 months basis 
**ROFE 4.7% and Gearing 9.0% if goodwill and brand impairment is excluded from total funds employed 

SHARES AND DIVIDENDS  

Shares on Issue 
Basic EPS* 
Dividend per share 

2019 

821.3 million 
4.0 cents 
Nil  

2018 

821.3 million 
4.0 cents 
Nil 

* Calculated on weighted average number of shares of 821.0 million (FY2018: 821.3 million) and based on NPAT pre implementation costs and individually 
significant items 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
20

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 
D I R EC TO R S’  R E P O R T
Continued 
Continued

NON-IFRS FINANCIAL MEASURES 

The Company’s results are reported under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International 
Accounting Standards Board. The Company discloses certain non-IFRS measures in this Directors’ Report, that are not audited or 
reviewed by the Group’s auditor, which can be reconciled to the Financial Statements as follows: 

Income Statement reconciliation 

$ millions 

Statutory reported result  

Add back: implementation costs and individually significant 
items 

Restructuring and redundancy costs 

Store exit costs / (reversals) and other asset impairments 

Support Office onerous lease expenses and impairment of 
assets 

Underlying result 

FY2019 OPERATIONS 

EBIT 

46.0 

INTEREST 

(11.5) 

7.8 

(0.8) 

5.5 

58.5 

- 

- 

- 

TAX 

10.0 

(2.3) 

0.2 

(1.7) 

NPAT 

24.5 

5.5 

(0.6) 

3.8 

33.2 

(11.5) 

(13.8) 

During the period the Board strengthened the Executive team with a number of new appointments:  

•  Mr Geoff Ikin as Chief Customer Officer, responsible for key customer facing functions of online, MYER one, marketing, 

advertising, public relations, social media, corporate affairs and communications 

•  Mr Paul Goodall as Executive General Manager Store Design and Development, responsible for store design, space planning, 

project management and visual merchandising 

•  Ms Tabitha Pearson as Executive General Manager People and Culture, responsible for all aspects of Myer's human resources 

including organisational development, sourcing and talent strategies, industrial relations, and risk and safety 

During FY2019 there were a number of achievements including: 

• 

• 
• 
• 

• 
• 

Progress was made working with landlords, through a portfolio partnership approach, to reduce Myer’s footprint, refurbish stores 
to transform the customer experience, whilst simultaneously delivering material cost savings  
Improved store layouts and brand adjacencies in 34 stores, which in many stores also included the introduction of new brands 

• 
•  Myer’s Logan store closed in January 2019  
• 
• 

Announced a plan to refurbish the Belconnen store to create an enhanced shopping experience across a reduced floor space  
Agreed to hand back a floor and refurbish the Cairns store from January 2020 and agreed to exit level four of Emporium in 
Melbourne from May 2020 
Extended the lease of the historic Ballarat store, and will be embarking on store improvements  
Vacated another level at the Support Office 
Added more than 50 new brands, which is expected to increase to 90 by Christmas 2019. New brands include Oasis, Warehouse, 
Karl Lagerfeld Paris, Selected Femme, Selected Homme, Vero Moda, Fiorucci, Rotate by Birger Christensen, Jack London, 
Twisted Tailor and Acqua di Parma 

•  Continued to improve the customer’s digital shopping experience, following the launch of Myer’s new website in September 2018, 

and increased the products available online including the addition of several concessions.  

In addition to these achievements, section 8 and 9 provide an outline of Myer’s corporate developments and strategy. These should be 
read in conjunction with section 10, which describes factors that could impact Myer’s results. 

8.  SIGNIFICANT CHANGES IN THE STATE OF AFFAIRS IN FY2019 

The following significant changes occurred during FY2019: 

Tabitha Pearson was appointed Executive General Manager People and Culture in September 2018 
A new Director, Lyndsey Cattermole AM, was appointed to the Board of Myer in October 2018. Her background, experience and 
particular skills that she brings to the Board are set out on page 13 
Paul Goodall was appointed Executive General Manager Store Design and Development in October 2018 
A debt refinancing was completed in November 2018 

• 
• 
•  Chris Froggatt retired from the Board with effect from 30 November 2018 
•  Geoff Ikin was appointed Chief Customer Officer in January 2019 
• 
• 

Bob Thorn resigned from the Board with effect from 24 February 2019 
A new Director, Jacquie Naylor, was appointed to the Board of Myer in May 2019. Her background, experience and particular 
skills that she brings to the Board are set out on page 14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 
D I R EC TO R S’   R E P O R T
Continued 
Continued

21

9.  BUSINESS STRATEGIES AND FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS 

The Board and the Executive Management Group continue to focus on delivery against the Customer First Plan as follows:  

Focus areas: 

Transform customer experience in store; 
‘Only at Myer’ brands and categories; value for money; and 

• 
• 
•  Continue enhancing myer.com.au. 

Efficiency levers: 

• 
• 
• 

Simplified business processes;  
Efficient from factory to customer; and 
Accelerated cost reduction. 

10. KEY RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES 

The Group’s strategies take into account the expected operating and retail market conditions, together with general economic 
conditions, which are inherently uncertain. 

The Group has a structured proactive risk management framework and internal control systems in place to manage material risks. The 
key risks and uncertainties that may have an effect on the Group’s ability to execute its business strategies, and the Group’s future 
growth prospects and how the Group manages these risks, are set out below. 

EXTERNAL RISKS 

Macro-economic factors such as the fluctuation of the Australian dollar and interest rates; poor consumer confidence; changes in 
government policies; external, natural or unforeseen events, such as an act of terrorism or national strike; transition to a lower carbon 
economy; physical impacts of climate change and weakness in the global economy could adversely impact the Company’s ability to 
achieve financial and trading objectives. Myer regularly analyses and monitors economic and other available data to help mitigate the 
future impact on sales, and has implemented conservative hedging, capital management, and marketing and merchandise initiatives to 
address the cyclical nature of the business. 

COMPETITIVE LANDSCAPE RISKS 

The Australian retail industry in which Myer operates remains highly competitive. The Company’s competitive position may be 
negatively impacted by new entrants to the market, existing competitors, changes to consumer demographics and increased online 
competition, which could impact sales. To mitigate these risks, Myer continues to select optimal merchandise assortment with the right 
categories and brands. 

TECHNOLOGY RISKS, INCLUDING CYBER SECURITY 

With Myer’s increasing reliance on technology in a rapidly changing digital environment, there is a risk that the malfunction of IT 
systems, outdated IT infrastructure, a cyber-security violation or a data breach of personal information could have a detrimental effect 
on our sales, business efficiencies, and brand reputation. To offset these risks, Myer continues to invest and develop our in-house 
technology capabilities and engage with reputable third-party IT service providers to ensure that we have reliable IT systems and issue 
management processes in place. 

BRAND REPUTATION RISKS 

Myer’s strong brand reputation is crucial for building positive relationships with customers, suppliers and contractors which in turn 
generates sales and goodwill towards the Company. A significant event or issue could attract strong criticism of the Myer brand, which 
could impact sales or our share price. Myer has a range of policies and initiatives to mitigate brand risk, including a Code of Conduct, a 
Whistleblower Policy, an Ethical Sourcing Policy, marketing campaigns, and ongoing environmental and sustainability initiatives. 

STRATEGIC AND BUSINESS PLAN RISKS 

A failure to deliver our strategic plan could impact sales, profitability, share price, and our reputation. The cornerstone of our strategic 
plan is the ‘customer’ and ensuring every decision made puts the customer first. It includes that all team members, brand partners and 
suppliers provide our customers with the service, brands and products they desire and expect, both in store and online.  

PEOPLE MANAGEMENT RISKS 

Myer needs to attract and retain talented senior managers to ensure that our leadership team has the right skills and experience to 
deliver our strategy. Failure to do so may adversely impact Myer’s ability to deliver on its strategic imperatives. During the year, we 
made a number of new appointments to our Executive Management Group, and we provided our team members with access to training 
and development to further develop their skills. 

Safety is a high priority at Myer to ensure the wellbeing of all of our team members, customers, and suppliers. Failure to manage health 
and safety risks could have a negative effect on Myer’s reputation and performance. We conduct regular detailed risk assessments at 
each store, distribution centre, and at our Support Office, as well as regular education sessions. 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
22

REGULATORY RISKS 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 
D I R EC TO R S’  R E P O R T
Continued 
Continued

From time to time, Myer may be subject to regulatory investigations and disputes, including by the Australian Taxation Office (ATO), 
Federal or State regulatory bodies including the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC), the Australian Securities 
and Investments Commission (ASIC), the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) and Federal and State work, health and safety 
authorities. The outcome of any such investigations or disputes may have a material adverse effect on Myer’s operating and financial 
performance. Myer has an established governance framework to monitor, assess and report on such occurrences to senior 
management when they arise. 

LITIGATION  

On 23 December 2016, legal proceedings were served against Myer Pty Ltd by Perpetual Limited and Bridgehead Pty Ltd (the 
Landlord) in relation to the Myer Chadstone store. The Landlord alleged that there was a mutual mistake in the drafting of the variable 
outgoings provisions in the lease for the Myer Chadstone store or that those provisions had been misinterpreted. The Landlord sought, 
amongst other things, rectification of the lease and payment of alleged unpaid outgoings in respect of a period between 2000 and 2016 
totalling $19.14 million, plus GST, as well as interest and costs. On 29 January 2018, the Supreme Court of Victoria handed down 
judgement in favour of Myer and dismissed the claims made by the Landlord. The Landlord’s attempt to appeal this decision was 
rejected by the Court of Appeal on 7 May 2019. 

On 30 December 2016, proceedings were served against Myer by a former shareholder, TPT Patrol Pty Ltd as trustee for the Amies 
Superannuation Fund (TPT Patrol), bringing a group action for itself and on behalf of a defined (but unnamed) group of shareholders in 
the Federal Court. These proceedings were filed on behalf of TPT Patrol by Portfolio Law Pty Ltd.  TPT Patrol alleges loss and damage 
said to have resulted from statements made in the context of Myer’s full year FY2014 results. Myer believes the TPT Patrol claim has 
no proper basis, denies any liability under it and is vigorously defending it. The hearing concluded on 21 December 2018, with the 
decision being reserved. No provisions have been recognised at 27 July 2019 in respect of the TPT Patrol dispute. 

11.  MATTERS SUBSEQUENT TO THE END OF THE FINANCIAL YEAR 

Tony Carr was appointed Executive General Manager Supply Chain and is expected to commence in October 2019.  

Ian Cornell has advised the Board that he will be retiring from the Board at this year’s Annual General Meeting of the Company. 

No other matter or circumstance has arisen since the end of the financial year which has not been dealt with in this Directors’ Report or 
the Financial Report, and which has significantly affected, or may significantly affect: 

(a) the Group’s operations in future financial years; 

(b) the results of those operations in future financial years; or 

(c) the Group’s state of affairs in future financial years.  

12. DIVIDENDS 

The Board determined that no final dividend would be paid for the period ending 28 July 2018. 

The Board determined that no interim dividend would be paid for the period ending 26 January 2019. 

The Board determined that no final dividend would be paid for the period ending 27 July 2019. 

Further information regarding dividends is set out in the Financial Statements (at note F3). 

13. PERFORMANCE RIGHTS AND OPTIONS GRANTED OVER UNISSUED SHARES 

The Myer Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) operates for selected senior executives and has been in operation since December 2006. 
Under the LTIP, the Company has granted eligible executives performance options in FY2019 and rights in previous years over 
unissued ordinary shares of the Company, subject to certain vesting conditions. Shares delivered to senior executives as a result of the 
vesting of performance options and rights can either be issued as new shares or purchased on market. 

Each performance right entitles the holder to acquire one ordinary fully paid share in the Company (subject to the adjustments outlined 
below).  

Performance options vest and are automatically exercised on a net settlement basis. The executive is allocated the total number of 
shares that would have been allocated upon exercise, less the number of shares equal to the value of the aggregated exercise price 
payable (and the exercise price is not required to be paid). The number of shares delivered by the Company represents the value 
above the exercise price in accordance with the formula below: 

(A - B) / C, where: 

A = Aggregate value of vested performance options (based on the market value of a share) 

B = Aggregate exercise price payable 

C = Market value of a share 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 
D I R EC TO R S’   R E P O R T
Continued 
Continued

23

The net settlement method ensures that executive reward is aligned to shareholder value creation by only rewarding executives if there 
is a growth in the share price and material reward can be earned only if there is a significant growth to share price. This settlement 
approach is considered to be appropriate during the turnaround phase of the business. 

During FY2019, the Company granted 9,032,258 performance options to the CEO under the FY2019 LTIP; and 26,801,304 
performance options were granted to other selected senior executives under the FY2019 LTIP (Offer); totalling 35,833,562 
performance options granted. 

The performance options and rights granted under each offer are subject to different performance conditions. 

No performance options or rights have been granted since the end of the financial period ended 27 July 2019. 

In September 2018, a total of 3,104,342 performance rights granted under the LTIP in FY2016 lapsed following testing against the 
performance criteria. 173,913 performance rights granted to Mr Devonport were linked to his continuous service, these rights vested 
and ordinary shares were granted in FY2019. 

During FY2018, the Company granted 2,432,432 alignment rights to the CEO, and 555,555 alignment rights to the Chief Merchandise 
Officer. During FY2019, the Company granted 192,307 alignment rights to a person who was not a Key Management Personnel (KMP) 
executive. 810,804 alignment rights vested to the CEO, 185,184 rights vested to the Chief Merchandise Officer and 43,073 rights 
vested to the non-KMP executive. No shares were issued under the alignment rights plans.  

The table in section 14 below sets out the details of performance options and rights that have been granted under the LTIP and the 
alignment rights plans and which remain on issue as at the date of this Directors’ Report. 

A holder of a performance option or right may only participate in new issues of securities of the Company if the performance option or 
right has been exercised, participation is permitted by its terms, and the shares in respect of the performance options or rights have 
been allocated and transferred to the performance right holder before the record date for determining entitlements to the new issue. 

Further information about performance options and rights issued under the LTIP (including the performance conditions attached to the 
performance options and rights granted under the LTIP, and the performance options and rights granted to the KMP of the Company) is 
included in the Remuneration Report. 

14. SHARES ISSUED ON THE EXERCISE OF PERFORMANCE RIGHTS AND OPTIONS  

From time to time, the Company issues fully paid ordinary shares in the Company to the Myer Equity Plans Trust (Trust) for the 
purpose of meeting anticipated exercises of securities granted under the LTIP. To calculate the issue price of shares issued to the 
Trust, the Company uses the five-day volume weighted average price of the Company’s shares as at the close of trading on the date of 
issue. 

During the period ended 27 July 2019, 504,356 fully paid ordinary shares were purchased on market by the Trust and 173,913 shares 
were transferred from the Trust for performance rights issued to Mr Devonport which were linked to his continuous service. Since 27 
July 2019, no shares have been issued to or otherwise acquired by the Trust, and no fully paid ordinary shares of the Company held by 
the Trust were transferred to participants in the LTIP. 

Date performance rights or options granted 

Expiry date 

Issue price 

22 December 2016 (rights grant to senior executives under the LTIP Offer) 

31 Oct 2019 

21 December 2017 (rights grant to senior executives under the LTIP Offer) 

31 Oct 2020 

4 June 2018 (rights grant to CEO under Alignment Rights Plan)(2) 

4 Jun 2021 

25 June 2018 (rights grant to senior executive under Alignment Rights Plan)(3) 

25 Jun 2021 

10 October 2018 (rights grant to senior executive under Alignment Rights Plan)(4) 

10 Oct 2021 

24 December 2018 (options grant to CEO under the FY19 LTIP Offer) 

24 Dec 2022 

24 December 2018 (options grant to senior executives under the FY19 LTIP Offer) 

24 Dec 2022 

nil 

nil 

nil 

nil 

nil 

nil 

nil 

Closing balance of rights and options 

Number of 
performance 
rights or 
options 
remaining on 
issue(1) 

1,148,812 

4,491,531 

2,432,432 

555,555 

192,307 

9,032,258 

25,240,014 

43,092,909 

(1) Each performance right entitles the holder to receive one fully paid ordinary share in the Company, subject to the satisfaction of the 
relevant performance outcomes. Performance options vest and are automatically exercised on a net settlement basis. The executive is 
allocated the total number of shares that would have been allocated upon exercise, less the number of shares equal to the value of the 
aggregated exercise price payable (and the exercise price is not required to be paid). The number of shares delivered by the Company 
represents the value above the exercise price in accordance with the formula overleaf: 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
24

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 
D I R EC TO R S’  R E P O R T
Continued 
Continued

(A - B) / C, where: 

A = Aggregate value of vested performance options (based on the market value of a share) 
B = Aggregate exercise price payable 
C = Market value of a share 

The number of performance options or rights that a holder is entitled to receive on the exercise of a performance options or right may 
also be adjusted in a manner consistent with the ASX Listing Rules if there is a pro-rata issue of shares or a reconstruction of the 
capital of the Company. 

(2) Mr King was appointed as CEO and Managing Director on 4 June 2018. The performance rights referred to in this table were rights
granted upon his appointment. These rights vest in equal monthly instalments over the period 4 June 2018 to 4 June 2021.

(3) Mr Winstanley was appointed as Chief Merchandise Officer on 25 June 2018. The performance rights referred to in this table were
rights granted upon his appointment. These rights vest in equal monthly instalments over the period 25 June 2018 to 25 June 2021.

(4) The performance rights referred to in this table were rights granted upon the appointment of a non-KMP executive. These rights vest
in equal monthly instalments over the period 10 October 2018 to 10 October 2021.

15. REMUNERATION REPORT

The Remuneration Report, which forms part of this Directors’ Report, is presented separately from page 27. 

16. INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

The Company’s Constitution requires the Company to indemnify current and former directors, alternate directors, executive officers and 
officers of the Company on a full indemnity basis and to the full extent permitted by the law against all liabilities incurred as an officer of 
the Group, except to the extent covered by insurance. Further, the Company’s Constitution permits the Company to maintain and pay 
insurance premiums for directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, to the extent permitted by law.  

Consistent with (and in addition to) the provisions in the Company’s Constitution outlined above, the Company has also entered into 
deeds of access, indemnity and insurance with all Directors of the Company which provide indemnities against losses incurred in their 
role as Directors, subject to certain exclusions, including to the extent that such indemnity is prohibited by the Corporations Act 2001 or 
any other applicable law. The deeds stipulate that the Company will meet the full amount of any such liabilities, costs and expenses 
(including legal fees). 

During the financial period, the Company paid insurance premiums for a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance contract that provides 
cover for the current and former directors, alternate directors, secretaries, executive officers and officers of the Company and its 
subsidiaries. The Directors have not included details of the nature of the liabilities covered in this contract or the amount of the premium 
paid, as disclosure is prohibited under the terms of the contract.  

The Group’s auditor is PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC). No payment has been made to indemnify PwC during or since the financial 
period end. No premium has been paid by the Group in respect of any insurance for PwC. No officers of the Group were partners or 
directors of PwC whilst PwC conducted audits of the Group. 

17. PROCEEDINGS ON BEHALF OF THE COMPANY

No person has applied to the court under section 237 of the Corporations Act 2001 for leave to bring proceedings on behalf of the 
Company, or to intervene in any proceedings to which the Company is a party, for the purpose of taking responsibility on behalf of the 
Company for all or part of those proceedings. 

No proceedings have been brought or intervened in on behalf of the Company with the leave of the court under section 237 of the 
Corporations Act 2001. 

18. ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION

The Group is subject to and has complied with the reporting and compliance requirements of the National Greenhouse and Energy 
Reporting Act 2007 (the NGER Act).  

The NGER Act requires the Group to report its annual greenhouse gas emissions and energy use. The Group has implemented 
systems and processes for the collection and calculation of the data required. In compliance with the NGER Act, the Group submitted 
its tenth report to the Clean Energy Regulator in October 2018 and is due to submit its 11th report by 31 October 2019.  

No significant environmental incidents have been reported internally, and no breaches have been notified to the Group by any 
government agency.   

The Group is a signatory to the Australian Packaging Covenant, which is a national co-regulatory initiative in place of state-based 
regulatory arrangements for sustainable packaging management. Members are required to adhere to the covenant commitments, 
which include development and implementation of an action plan and report annually on progress. Myer submitted its 12th annual 
report in March 2019. 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 
D I R EC TO R S’   R E P O R T
Continued 
Continued

25

19. NON-AUDIT SERVICES  

The Company may decide to employ its external auditor on assignments additional to its statutory audit duties where the auditor’s 
expertise and experience with the Company and/or the Group are important. 

Details of the amounts paid or payable to the auditor (PwC) for audit and non-audit services provided during the financial period are set 
out in the Financial Statements (at note H5). 

The Board has considered the position and, in accordance with advice received from the Audit, Finance and Risk Committee, is 
satisfied that the provision of the non-audit services is compatible with the general standard of independence for auditors imposed by 
the Corporations Act 2001. The Directors are satisfied that the provision of the non-audit services by the auditor did not compromise 
the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 for the following reasons: 

• 

• 

all non-audit services have been reviewed by the Audit, Finance and Risk Committee to ensure that they do not impact on the 
impartiality and objectivity of the auditor; and 
none of the services undermine the general principles relating to auditor independence as set out in APES 110 Code of Ethics for 
Professional Accountants. 

20. AUDITOR’S INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION  

A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration as required under section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 is attached to this 
Directors’ Report. 

21. ROUNDING OF AMOUNTS 

The Company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/191 relating to 
the ‘rounding off’ of amounts in the Directors’ Report and, in accordance with that instrument, amounts in the Directors’ Report have 
been rounded off to the nearest thousand dollars, or in certain cases, to the nearest dollar. 

22. ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING 

The Annual General Meeting of the Company will be held on Wednesday 30 October 2019.  

The Directors’ Report is made in accordance with a resolution of Directors. 

Garry Hounsell 
Chairman  

Melbourne, 4 September 2019 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT  

To view our Corporate Governance Statement please visit myer.com.au/investor. 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
26

Auditor’s Independence Declaration 
As lead auditor for the audit of Myer Holdings Limited for the period 29 July 2018 to 27 July 2019, I 
declare that to the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been:  

(a) 

no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in 
relation to the audit; and 

(b) 

no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit. 

This declaration is in respect of Myer Holdings Limited  and the entities it controlled during the 
period. 

Jason Perry 
Partner 
PricewaterhouseCoopers 

Melbourne 
4 September 2019 

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757 
2 Riverside Quay, SOUTHBANK  VIC  3006, GPO Box 1331, MELBOURNE  VIC  3001 
T: 61 3 8603 1000, F: 61 3 8603 1999, www.pwc.com.au 

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation. 

  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
REMUNERATION REPORT 
R EMUNER ATION R EP OR T

27

Dear Shareholder, 

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the FY2019 Remuneration Report. This report sets out the remuneration information for 
our Non-Executive Directors and Executive KMP and describes our remuneration framework. Our remuneration strategy has been set to 
align with our broader business strategy to turnaround the business and deliver shareholder value. Through short and long-term variable 
reward programmes, it aims to reward Executives for delivering superior financial outcomes and shareholder value. 

During FY2019, further changes have been made to strengthen the Executive team by recruiting Geoff Ikin as Chief Customer Officer, 
Tabitha Pearson as Executive General Manager People and Culture and Paul Goodall as Executive General Manager Store Design 
and Development. These appointments add strong customer, marketing, advertising, people and culture and store design experience 
to our Executive team and ensure we have the skills and experience needed to deliver the Customer First Plan. 

Executive Remuneration outcomes in FY2019 

Myer Holdings Limited (the Company or Myer) performance is reflected in the FY2019 remuneration outcomes.  

The Short Term Incentive (STI) plan requires that the Net Proft After Tax (NPAT) gateway is achieved before any payments are made. 
The gateway was not achieved in FY2018, and accordingly no STI was paid to the Executive Management Group, including Executive 
KMP during FY2019.  

Performance rights granted to the Executive KMP under the FY2016 Long Term Incentive (LTI) plan were tested for vesting post the 
release of our results in September 2018. The Return on Funds Employed (ROFE) and growth in sales per square metre hurdles were 
not met, and accordingly the rights under the FY2016 plan have not vested.  

Despite the 7.2 percent increase in Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA) and the 3.1 percent decline 
in cost of doing business, under the FY2019 STI plan, the NPAT gateway was not exceeded sufficiently to allow a bonus pool to be 
created, without causing the NPAT gateway to fail. Accordingly, no award was payable to Executive KMP. 

Performance options under the FY2019 LTI plan were granted to Executives, including the Executive KMP. Two performance hurdles, 
designed to reflect long-term performance will apply to the performance options – relative Total Shareholder Return (TSR) and 
Earnings per Share (EPS). The hurdles have been chosen to align with shareholder returns and the delivery of shareholder value over 
the performance period. Further information on the LTI is detailed in Section 3.3. 

Given the focus on prudent cost management, in the 2019 annual fixed remuneration review we made no changes to the fixed 
remuneration of Executive KMPs with the exception of Mr Chadwick who took on additional responsibilities post the departure of Mr 
Cripsey from the role of Chief Operating Officer. There was no change made to the fees of Chairman or Non-Executive Directors in 
FY2019, noting that in FY2018 there was a decrease made to both Chairman and Non-Executive Director fees. 

Response to second strike 

At the 2018 Annual General Meeting (AGM), the majority of shareholder votes cast (62.46 percent) were in favour of adopting the 2018 
Remuneration Report. However, 37.54 percent of the votes cast were against the Remuneration Report, constituting a second strike 
under the Corporations Act 2001. 

We have made a number of changes to our remuneration structure during FY2019 to better align the remuneration of our Executives 
with the interest of our shareholders and will continue to do so going into FY2020. A notable change in the FY2020 STI plan is that 
members of the Executive Management Group will have a portion of their STI deferred in equity. In the FY2019 STI plan, 40 percent of 
any award payable to members of the Executive Management Group was deferred for 12 months following the end of the performance 
period and paid in cash following the end of the deferral period. For FY2020, 40 percent of the award payable will continue to be 
deferred for 12 months with 50 percent of the deferred component provided as restricted shares and the remaining 50 percent paid in 
cash. 

We believe the Company’s approach to Executive KMP remuneration, clearly outlined in the Remuneration Report, will support them in 
delivering a strategy that will importantly put our customers first and ultimately deliver value to our shareholders.  

Finally, I would like to acknowledge the many stakeholders who have shared their feedback with us over the past year. I can assure 
you that we are committed to ensuring the needs of our shareholders are front and centre in the development of our remuneration 
approach. 

Yours faithfully, 

Ian Cornell 
Chairman, Human Resources and Remuneration Committee 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
28

REMUNERATION REPORT 
R EMUN E R AT I O N R E P O R T
Continued 
Continued

CONTENTS 

1.

2.

3.

4.

Introduction

Snapshot of Remuneration Report

Executive KMP Remuneration

Executive KMP Service Agreements

5. Non-Executive Director Remuneration

6. Remuneration Governance

7.

8.

9.

Executive KMP Statutory Disclosures

Equity

Loans

10. Dealing in Securities

1.

INTRODUCTION

28 

29 

33 

39 

40 

42 

43 

46 

48 

48 

The Directors of the Company present the Remuneration Report for the financial period ended 27 July 2019 prepared in accordance 
with the requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 and its regulations.  
This report outlines the remuneration strategy, framework and other conditions of employment for Executive KMP and Non-Executive 
Directors, and details the role and accountabilities of the Board and relevant Committees that support the Board on these matters.  
The information provided within this report has been audited as required by section 308(3C) of the Corporations Act 2001 and forms 
part of the Directors’ Report. The table below details the Company’s Executive KMP and Non-Executive Directors during FY2019: 

Name 

Role 

Non-Executive Directors 

G Hounsell 

I Cornell 

J Morrison 

J Stephenson 

D Whittle 

Chairman, Independent Non-Executive Director 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Appointment Date(1) 

End Date 

L Cattermole AM 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

J Naylor 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

15 October 2018 

27 May 2019 

Former Non-Executive Directors 

C Froggatt 

B Thorn 

Executive Directors 

J King 

Executive KMP 

N Chadwick 

A Sutton 

A Winstanley 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

30 November 2018 

24 February 2019 

Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director 

Chief Financial Officer 

Executive General Manager Stores 

Chief Merchandise Officer 

Former Disclosed Executive KMP 
M Cripsey(2) 
(1) For new appointments during the period only.
(2) Mr Cripsey stepped down as Chief Operating Officer on 31 October 2018 and was paid the minimum payment required under

Chief Operating Officer 

31 October 2018 

the terms of his employment.

REMUNERATION REPORT 
Continued 
R EMUN E R AT I O N R E P O R T
Continued

29

2.  SNAPSHOT OF REMUNERATION REPORT 

2.1 OBJECTIVE AND GUIDING PRINCIPLES 

Our remuneration objective is to support Executive KMP in delivering a business strategy that will put our customers first and ultimately 
deliver value to our shareholders.  

GUIDING PRINCIPLES TO DELIVER OUR OBJECTIVE 

Align Executive KMP 
and stakeholder 
interests through 
rewarding Executive 
KMP for long-term 
shareholder value. 

Pay for performance. 
Remunerate and reward 
based on Company 
performance against 
financial and non-
financial measures. 

Attract and retain high 
calibre talent by 
rewarding competitively 
in markets in which 
Myer competes for 
talent. 

Reward outcomes that 
reinforce our Customer 
First Plan through the 
inclusion of customer 
experience and profit 
preservation metrics in 
the FY2020 STI plan. 

2.2 RESPONSE TO THE SECOND STRIKE 

Following feedback from shareholders with regard to the FY2018 Remuneration Report, we have reviewed our remuneration 
frameworks and taken action to address the issues appropriately. The Company will continue to engage proactively with stakeholders 
to ensure that any concerns can be discussed at the earliest opportunity. 

Summary of responses to concerns raised in relation to the FY2018 Remuneration Report 

Fixed Pay 

Concern 

Level of CEO 
fixed 
remuneration 
sits higher 
against a 
comparator 
group based on 
market 
capitalisation. 

Response 

Executive KMP remuneration is principally benchmarked against companies in the retail industry. Mr King’s 
package was set with reference to the skills and experience required to turn around the company’s 
performance in what is a very challenging time in the retail industry. It must also be noted that Myer is 
competing for talent in a very small pool of international candidates and the current package was necessary to 
attract and retain a high quality, experienced CEO of Mr King’s calibre. Mr King’s fixed remuneration was set at 
the same level as the previous CEO, which had not been reviewed since 2015. 

In FY2019, some of Mr King’s notable achievements have been: 

• 

• 
• 

• 

Progress made working with landlords, through a portfolio partnership approach, to reduce Myer’s 
footprint, refurbish stores to transform the customer experience, whilst simultaneously delivering material 
cost savings.  
Added more than 50 new brands, and this is expected to increase to more than 90 by Christmas 2019. 
There were continued improvements to the customer’s digital shopping experience, following the launch 
of Myer’s new website in September 2018 and the product available online was increased, including the 
addition of several concessions.  
Costs were reduced by $32.6 million, reflecting the enhanced new staffing model in store, more focused 
marketing spend, store occupancy savings, as well as efficiencies and reduced waste across all areas of 
the business. 

Mr King did not receive an increase to his Fixed Remuneration in FY2019. 

Long Term Incentive 

Concern 

Response 

TSR comparator 
group comprises 
companies that 
are outside the 
retail industry 
and not 
comparable to 
Myer. 

The peer group constituents for the relative TSR measure for the FY2018 and FY2019 plan consists of S&P 
ASX 200 companies excluding companies in the: 

• 

Financials, Health Care, Utilities, Consumer Staples, Energy and Telecommunication Services Global 
Industry Classification Standard (GICS) Sectors; and 

•  Metals & Mining GICS Industry. 

Based on investor feedback the comparator group has been amended to include a more relevant base of listed 
companies from the retail and consumer services sector. The constituents are: Accent Group, Adairs, AP 
Eagers, Automotive Holdings, Baby Bunting, Bapcor, Beacon Lighting, Coles Group, Collins Foods, Corporate 
Travel Management, Domino’s Pizza Enterprises, Flight Centre Travel Group, Harvey Norman Holdings, 
Helloworld Travel, JB Hi-Fi, Kogan, Lovisa Holdings, Metcash, Michael Hill International, Motorcycle Holdings, 
National Tyre & Wheel, Nick Scali, Noni B, Premier Investments, Super Retail Group, Webjet, Wesfarmers and 
Woolworths Group. 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW 
 
 
 
 
30

REMUNERATION REPORT 
R EMUN E R AT I O N R E P O R T
Continued 
Continued

Normalised EPS 
Hurdle does not 
include write-
downs. 

When determining normalised EPS for LTI purposes, statutory earnings is adopted as the base and the Board 
will allow adjustments to be made for significant items on a case-by-case basis. To the extent a write-down 
occurs that is considered to have been within management’s control, it will form a part of the EPS calculation. 
Each year in the Remuneration Report, Myer will communicate its approach to the treatment of write downs as 
they relate to remuneration outcomes. 

Lack of 
transparency on 
disclosure of the 
fair value 
methodology 
used to value 
CEO 
performance 
options under 
the LTI plan. 

Mr King is entitled to performance options under the FY2020 LTI plan to the maximum value of 90 percent of 
fixed remuneration. The number of performance options to be granted will be determined by reference to the 
maximum value of the proposed grant (being $1,080,000) divided by the value attributed to the performance 
options. The value attributed to the performance options will be calculated using the Black Scholes option 
valuation approach, consistent with market practice. An ‘indicative’ number of options will be disclosed in the 
Notice of Meeting. To avoid any unfair advantage or disadvantage to the CEO by artificially setting a price, the 
actual valuation and the number of options granted will be dependent on the share price at the grant date (after 
the AGM). 

2.3 REMUNERATION STRUCTURE FOR FY2019  

Strategic objectives & performance link 

Performance measures 

Total Fixed 
compensation 
(TFC) 

>  To attract and retain high calibre talent. 
>  Provides ‘predictable’ base level of reward. 
>  Set with reference to market using external 

benchmark data. 

>  Varies based on employee’s experience, skills 

and performance. 

>  Consideration is given to both internal and 
external relativities across retail and other 
relevant sectors. 

Short Term 
Incentive 

Long Term 
Incentive 

>  Delivered in cash, with a portion deferred. 
The CEO did not participate in the FY2019 
plan. Deferral of 40 percent of the award is 
made in cash for other members of the 
Executive Management Group. 

>  Designed to drive the short-term financial 
and strategic objectives of the Company, 
which are aligned to creating shareholder 
value. 

>  An NPAT gateway ensures a minimum 

acceptable level of Company profit before 
Executive KMP receive any STI award. 
>  Supports retention and encourages focus on 
long-term value in addition to annual results, 
through a deferred component. 

>  NPAT ‘gateway’ – minimum threshold 

performance level below which no STI is paid. 
>  Once the gateway is achieved, performance is 
assessed against a set of measures outlined 
below: 
• 

• 

Company EBITDA accounts for up to 80 
percent of the maximum STI. 
Individual objectives, relevant to the 
specific role, account for at least 20 
percent of the maximum STI. Individual 
objectives are aligned to the strategy by 
including measures related to inventory 
management, customer experience, cash 
flow, gross profit and occupancy costs.  

>  Delivered in equity, in the form of 

performance options, to align Executive KMP 
with shareholder interests. Options ensure 
that Executives are only rewarded for a 
growth in share price from the grant date.   
>  Focused on delivery of long term business 

strategy and shareholder value. 

>  Measures complement those in the STI to 
provide a holistic and aligned reward offer. 
>  Supports ongoing, sustainable performance 

and the retention of key talent. 

>  Performance measures: 

•  Relative TSR (50 percent of award) 
• 

EPS compound annual growth              
(50 percent of award) 
>  Performance measured over a 3 year 

performance period (FY2019 – FY2021) 

>  Shares provided on vesting subject to 

restriction for 1 year, making the total alignment 
period with shareholders 4 years. For the CEO 
and Chief Merchandise Officer vesting period is 
4 years and no further restriction period applies. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
REMUNERATION REPORT 
R EMUN E R AT I O N R E P O R T
Continued 
Continued

31

2.4 COMPANY PERFORMANCE AND REMUNERATION OUTCOMES FOR FY2019 

The Company’s remuneration structure aligns Executive KMP remuneration with shareholder interests over the short and long term and 
provides an appropriate reward on delivering our strategy. 

Key aspects of the FY2019 performance include: 

• 

Total sales declined by 3.5% to $2,991.8 million, with comparable store sales down 1.3% excluding sales in Apple products 
(exited May 2019). The sales result, in part, reflects the focus on profitable sales 

•  Online sales were up 25.6% to $262.3 million (includes Marcs and David Lawrence (MDL) and sass & bide online sales, Myer 

Market but excludes $29.8 million via in-store iPads). Digital sales were up 21.9% to $292.1 million (comprises online sales and 
sales via in-store iPads), now representing our largest store and 9.8% of total sales 

•  Operating gross profit (OGP) declined by 1.9% to $1,162.4 million, and OGP margin increased by 65 basis points to 38.85%. The 
improved OGP margin was driven by improved Myer Exclusive Brands (MEBs) mix as well as lower promotional markdowns and 
shrinkage 

•  Cost of doing business (CODB) decreased by 3.1% to $1,002.4 million. This has been driven by improved efficiencies both         

in-store and Support Office, and cost savings achieved in IT, occupancy and marketing 

•  NPAT pre implementation costs and individually significant items increased by 2.2% to $33.2 million, despite increased 

depreciation and finance costs 

• 

Statutory NPAT was $24.5 million, compared to a $486.0 million loss in FY2018 

•  Operating cash flow (before interest and tax) increased by $8 million to $138 million with total net debt reduced by $69 million 

• 

• 

Announced the refurbishment of the Belconnen store to create an enhanced shopping experience across a reduced floor space  

Agreed to hand back a floor and refurbish the Cairns store from January 2020 and agreed to exit level four of Emporium in 
Melbourne from May 2020 

•  Myer’s Logan store closed in January 2019  

•  Continued to improve the customer’s digital shopping experience, following the launch of Myer’s new website in September 2018. 

Increased the product available online including the addition of several concessions.  

The table below presents the Company’s annual performance against key financial metrics since 2015. 

Basic EPS (cents) 

Basic EPS (cents) – adjusted(2) 
NPAT (pre implementation costs and individually 
significant items) ($m) 
NPAT (post implementation costs and individually 
significant items) ($m) 
Dividends (cents per share) 

Share price at beginning of year ($) 

Share price at end of year ($) 

FY2015  FY2016(1) 
7.7 

5.1 

FY2017 
1.5 

FY2018 
(59.2) 

FY2019 
3.0  

13.2 

77.5 

29.8 

7.0 

2.24 

1.18 

8.8 

69.3 

60.5 

5.0 

1.18(3) 
1.34(4) 

8.3 

 67.9 

4.0 

32.5 

4.0  

33.2  

 11.9 

(486.0) 

24.5  

 5.0 

1.34 

 0.77 

- 

 0.77 

0.46 

- 

0.46 

0.53 

Market capitalisation ($m) 
(1)  FY2016 results were impacted by the fully underwritten accelerated pro rata non-renounceable Entitlement Offer completed by 

1,100.5 

 632.4 

435.3 

377.8 

694.0 

the Company in September 2015. The Entitlement Offer resulted in the issue of 234,661,660 new shares at $0.94 per share.  
(2)  Basic EPS is adjusted to exclude implementation costs and individually significant items.  Refer to section 7 of the Directors’ 

Report for further details. The directors believe this metric is more relevant as it excludes individually significant items that may 
not recur and may not be predictive of future performance. 

(3)  Share price before the Entitlement Offer completed in September 2015. 
(4)  Share price after the Entitlement Offer completed in September 2015. 

Remuneration outcomes for FY2019 

Executive KMP and TFC 

Short Term Incentive 

Long Term Incentive 

During the year, Mr Cripsey stepped 
down from the role of Chief Operating 
Officer and ceased to be an Executive 
KMP. 
There was no change to the TFC for 
Executive KMP effective in FY2019 
with the exception of Mr Chadwick 
who took on additional responsibilities 
after the departure of Mr Cripsey. 

The NPAT gateway condition was not 
achieved in FY2018, and accordingly 
no STI was paid during FY2019 to the 
Executive Management Group, 
including Executive KMP.  

The LTI awards under the FY2016 
plan did not meet the required 
performance hurdles and hence no 
performance rights under the FY2016 
plan have vested.  

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW 
  
 
 
 
32

REMUNERATION REPORT 
R EMUN E R AT I O N R E P O R T
Continued 
Continued

2.5 PAYMENTS TO EXECUTIVE KMP IN FY2019 

The table below sets out the actual remuneration received by Executive KMP in FY2019. The table has not been prepared in 
accordance with accounting standards but has been provided to outline clearly the remuneration outcomes for Executive KMP. 
Remuneration outcomes prepared in accordance with the accounting standards are provided in Section 7. 

Name 
Executive Directors  
J King(6)  

Executive KMP 
N Chadwick(7) 

A Sutton 

A Winstanley(8) 

Former Disclosed Executive KMP  
M Cripsey(9) 

156,980 

Cash 
salary(1) 
$ 

Super-
annuation(2) 
$ 

1,200,000 

- 

755,679 

639,429 

795,000 

20,571 

20,571 

- 

5,133 

Short Term Incentive 
STI 
deferred 
from 
prior 
year(4) 
$ 

FY2018 
STI(3) 
$ 

Long 
Term 
Incentive 

Vested & 
exercised 
LTI(5) 
$ 

Termination 
and other 
payments 
$ 

Actual 
FY2019 
Remuneration 
$ 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1,200,000 

776,250 

660,000 

795,000 

334,734 

496,847 

R Umbers(10) 
G Devonport(11)  
(1)  Cash salary includes short-term compensated absences and any salary sacrifice arrangement implemented by the Executive 

753,178 

88,696 

3,462 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

756,640 

88,696 

KMP, including additional superannuation contributions. 

(2)  Executive KMP receive a statutory superannuation contribution up to a threshold limit in line with the ATO published maximum 

superannuation contribution base. 

(3)  STI payments relating to FY2018 performance and conditions, but paid during FY2019. Includes only the non-deferred 

component.  

(4)  Deferred STI relating to FY2017 performance and conditions, paid during FY2019.  
(5)  The number of performance rights vested and exercised under the FY2016 LTI plan multiplied by the Myer share price at vesting 
(calculation assumes share price of $0.51). Mr King and Mr Winstanley had rights vest under their alignment equity plans; these 
rights are not exercisable until the end of the three-year performance period.  

(6)  Mr King does not receive superannuation contributions due to his tax status. As per the terms of his employment contract, and 

consistent with market practice, Mr King is entitled to relocation and expatriate support, including rental assistance. This support 
has not been included in this table. More details can be found in Section 7. 

(7)  Mr Chadwick’s TFC was increased by 10.4 percent in FY2019 as a result of additional responsibilities performed by him post the 
departure of Mr Cripsey in the role of Chief Operating Officer. Mr Chadwick took over responsibility for Myer’s entire Information 
Technology function from Mr Cripsey. In addition, he took on responsibility for the Myer legal function in FY2019. 

(8)  Mr Winstanley does not receive superannuation contributions due to his tax status. As per the terms of his employment contract, 

and consistent with market practice, Mr Winstanley is entitled to relocation and expatriate support, including rental assistance. 
This support has not been included in this table. More details can be found in Section 7.  

(9)  Mr Cripsey stepped down as Chief Operating Officer on 31 October 2018 and was paid the minimum payment required under 

the terms of his employment. 

(10)  Mr Umbers stepped down as CEO and Managing Director on 14 February 2018, and his notice period concluded on 31 July 

2018. His termination payment consists of all payments made in FY2019, which were the minimum payments required under the 
terms of his employment.  

(11)  Mr Devonport stepped down as Chief Financial Officer on 28 January 2018, and his notice period concluded on 21 March 2018. 
Mr Devonport had sign on rights vest in FY2019. The figure reported in the table above, refers to the number of performance 
rights vested and exercised multiplied by the Myer share price at vesting (calculation assumes a share price of $0.51). 

2.6 EQUITY VESTED IN FY2019 

Following the release of our financial results in September 2018, the performance rights granted to Executive KMP in January 2016 
were tested against the two hurdles of ROFE and growth in sales per square metre. Both hurdles were not met, and accordingly the 
rights granted to Executive KMP under the FY2016 LTI plan lapsed.  

In addition to the FY2016 LTI plan, in January 2016 Mr Devonport was granted performance rights in recognition of significant incentive 
arrangements forfeited upon leaving his previous employer to join Myer. As part of the terms of Mr Devonport’s separation, these rights 
granted to him vested in FY2019. 

On commencement, Mr King and Mr Winstanley were granted share rights, creating an immediate alignment between them and 
shareholders. These rights vest on a monthly basis, in 36 equal tranches and will convert to ordinary Myer shares at the end of the 
three year period. Mr King was granted 2,432,432 share rights worth $900,000 at the time of announcement of his appointment and    
Mr Winstanley was granted 555,555 share rights worth $250,000 at the time of announcement of his appointment. During FY2019, Mr 
King and Mr Winstanley had rights vest under their alignment equity plans; these rights are not exercisable until the end of the three-
year performance period. 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
REMUNERATION REPORT 
Continued 
R EMUN E R AT I O N R E P O R T
Continued

33

3.  EXECUTIVE KMP REMUNERATION 

Executive KMP remuneration is delivered through a mix of fixed and variable (or ‘at risk’) pay, and a blend of short and longer-term 
incentives. As outlined in the Remuneration Structure in Section 2.3, Executive KMP remuneration is made up of three components: 

• 
• 
• 

Total Fixed Compensation; 
Short-Term Incentives; and 
Long-Term Incentives. 

The combination of these components comprises an Executive KMP’s total remuneration.  

3.1  TOTAL FIXED COMPENSATION  

TFC provides the base level of reward and is set at a level to attract and retain high calibre Executives.  

Features of Total Fixed Compensation  

What is 
included in 
TFC? 

TFC is structured as a total fixed remuneration package, made up of base salary, superannuation, other 
benefits and Fringe Benefits Tax, where applicable. Some of the benefits include the opportunity to receive a 
portion of their fixed remuneration in a variety of forms, including fringe benefits such as motor vehicles, or to 
make additional contributions to superannuation or retirement plans (as permitted by relevant legislation). 

How is TFC 
reviewed? 

TFC levels for each Executive KMP are set with reference to the market, the scope and nature of each role, the 
incumbent’s experience and individual performance. 

The Human Resources and Remuneration Committee (Committee) typically reviews and makes 
recommendations to the Board regarding TFC for Executive KMP annually, having regard to Company and 
individual performance and relevant comparative remuneration in the market. However, given current financial 
performance, the Board decided not to increase TFC as part of the annual remuneration review in FY2019.  

The Board may also consider adjustments to Executive KMP remuneration outside the annual remuneration 
review process as recommended by the CEO, such as on promotion or as a result of additional duties 
performed by the Executive KMP. Where new Executive KMP join the Company or existing Executive KMP are 
appointed to new roles, a review and benchmarking of fixed and total remuneration is conducted prior to the 
offer and execution of a new employment contract. Mr Chadwick’s TFC was increased by 10.4 percent in 
FY2019 as a result of additional responsibilities performed by him post the departure of Mr Cripsey in the role of 
Chief Operating Officer. Mr Chadwick took over responsibility for Myer’s entire Information Technology function 
from Mr Cripsey. In addition, he took on responsibility for the Myer legal function in FY2019. 

Which 
benchmarks are 
used? 

Remuneration for Executive KMP is considered in the context of the skills and experience being sought and the 
global senior retail market, as well as in relation to the other industries where we are increasingly seeking 
talent. Benchmarking is also undertaken against local industry peer groups and companies with a similar 
market capitalisation to Myer where relevant for the roles under review.  

3.2  SHORT TERM INCENTIVE PLAN 

Myer’s STI plan for Executive KMP and other senior Executives operates on an annual basis subject to Board review and approval. 
The FY2019 STI applied to all eligible Executives, including Executive KMP, subject to certain conditions and performance criteria 
being met which are reviewed and approved annually by the Board. 

Form and purpose of the plan  

What is the STI 
plan? 

The STI plan is an annual, at risk component of an Executive KMP’s reward opportunity, designed to put a 
meaningful part of the Executive KMP’s remuneration at risk. Payment under the STI is subject to achieving 
pre-determined Company and individual performance criteria. All senior managers, including Executive KMP, 
participate in the STI, with the exception, initially, of Mr King. Mr King is entitled to participate in the STI starting 
in FY2020. 

What is the 
value of the STI 
opportunity? 

Does the STI 
include a 
deferred 
component? 

STI targets are set as a percentage of the Executive KMP’s TFC. The current maximum levels for Executive 
KMP are set out below. 
•  CEO – Not participating in FY2019; 80 percent of TFC in FY2020 
•  Other Executive KMP – 60 percent of TFC. 

40 percent of any award payable to members of the Executive Management Group, is deferred for 12 months 
following the end of the performance period. The deferred component is paid in cash following the end of the 
deferral period. The CEO did not participate in the FY2019 STI plan. 

For FY2020, the deferred component of the CEO’s STI will be provided as restricted shares while 50 percent of 
the deferred component (i.e. 20 percent of any award) for other members of the Executive Management Group, 
including Executive KMP, will be provided as restricted shares. The remaining 50 percent of the deferred 
component will be paid in cash. 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW34

REMUNERATION REPORT 
Continued 
R EMUN E R AT I O N R E P O R T
Continued

Gateway and performance measures  

Is there a 
performance 
‘gateway’ and 
how is it 
determined? 

What were the 
FY2019 
performance 
measures? 

Why were the 
performance 
measures 
selected? 

Are the STI 
performance 
measures and 
targets 
disclosed? 

Governance  

When are 
performance 
targets set and 
reviewed? 

How is 
performance 
measured? 

The Board considers it critical that the Company should achieve a minimum acceptable level of profit before any 
payments are made under the STI plan, to reflect the focus on returns to shareholders. No STI is awarded to 
any participants if minimum performance across the Company does not reach the pre-determined threshold 
NPAT level.  

The NPAT gateway is determined by the Board each year, with reference to the annual business plan, 
economic conditions and other relevant factors. 

The FY2019 STI was structured around two key components: 

•  Company EBITDA accounts for 80 percent of the STI scorecard for Executive KMP. 
• 

Key financial and strategic objectives aligned to the strategy account for the remaining 20 percent of the 
STI scorecard. It includes measures related to inventory management, customer experience, cash flow, 
gross profit and occupancy costs. 

Overall performance measures are selected to align with annual and long-term business plans. Details of the 
FY2019 performance measures, and the strategic objectives they are aligned to, are set out in Section 2.3 

The Board believes that the largest component of an Executive KMP’s STI award should be driven by the 
financial performance of the Company, and accordingly 80 percent of the STI is dependent on Company 
EBITDA, providing close alignment with shareholder outcomes. 

Other financial and strategic objectives in the performance scorecard are set by the CEO (and approved by the 
the Committee and the Board), and, combined with the Company EBITDA measure, are intended to drive our 
strategy and deliver our financial results. These objectives and their targets align with our key financial metrics 
and strategic goals, and the measures selected for each Executive KMP are determined by reference to the 
specific objectives of their role for the financial year. 

The disclosure of prospective STI measures and targets would provide the market and our competitors with our 
financial forecasts, and it is for this reason that we do not disclose them in advance. We will disclose outcomes 
and/or performance against targets in instances where the disclosure would not involve the release of 
commercially sensitive information.  

Performance objectives and targets are set at the beginning of the financial year, while performance against 
these targets is reviewed following the end of the financial year.  

The Committee determines whether, or the extent to which, each target is satisfied following the end of the 
financial year, once the Company’s annual accounts are audited and have been approved by the directors. 

If the gateway is satisfied, an STI may be paid to participating Executive KMP and other Executives. The 
quantum of any STI reward provided will depend on the extent to which the maximum reward is achieved. A 
minimum threshold is also set, below which no STI reward will be provided. Once it has been determined 
whether each objective has been satisfied, the Committee will make a recommendation to the Board for 
approval of the STI awards to be paid to the CEO, Executive KMP and other Executives. 

The Committee is responsible for assessing whether the performance criteria are met. To help make this 
assessment, the Committee receives reports on the Company’s performance from management. All proposed 
STI awards are only made once the Company’s financial performance has been verified by internal and external 
audit. The Committee has the discretion to recommend to the Board an adjustment to any award in light of 
unexpected or unintended circumstances. 

When are 
incentives paid? 

The component of the STI awards approved by the Board that is not subject to deferral is paid to participating 
Executive KMP and other Executives in the month following the release of the Company’s results to the ASX. 

When eligible to participate in FY2020, the deferred component of the CEO’s STI will be provided as Restricted 
Shares, which the CEO will not be able to trade during the 12-month deferral period. In FY2019, the deferred 
component of other Executive KMP is paid in cash following the end of the 12-month deferral period. In FY2020, 
50 percent of the deferred component (i.e. 20 percent of any award) of other Executive KMP will be provided in 
Restricted Shares. The remaining 50 percent of the deferred component will be provided in cash. 

 
 
REMUNERATION REPORT 
Continued 
R EMUN E R AT I O N R E P O R T
Continued

35

Cessation of employment, clawback or change of control  

Participants leaving employment during the performance year are generally not eligible to receive an award 
under the STI. In certain circumstances (such as redundancy), the Board may consider eligibility for a pro rata 
payment.  

The STI Plan allows the Board to take any steps that it determines appropriate to recover from the individual 
Executives any STI reward that was incorrectly provided as a result of a material misstatement in, or omission 
from, the Company’s financial statements. The provision applies only to those who were Executives of the 
Company at the time the financial statements were approved by the Board and issued by the Company.  

The Board has absolute discretion in relation to the treatment, payment or provision of STI awards on a change 
of control, which it would exercise in the best interests of the Company. The Board may also give the CEO 
notice that the restriction period for any restricted shares will end if certain change of control events occur. 

If an individual 
ceases 
employment 
during the 
performance 
year, will they 
receive a 
payment? 

Does a 
‘clawback’ 
apply? 

How would a 
change of 
control impact 
on STI 
entitlements? 

FY2019 Outcome 

The NPAT gateway condition was not exceeded sufficiently to allow a bonus pool to be created, without causing the NPAT gateway to 
fail and accordingly no STI was payable to the Executives, including Executive KMP.  

3.3  FY2019 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN 

Features of the LTI plan applicable in respect of FY2019 are outlined in the table below. In FY2019, the Board granted performance 
options under the LTI plan to Executive KMP and other Senior Executives. 

Form and purpose of the plan  

What is the LTI 
plan? 

The LTI plan is an incentive that is intended to promote alignment between Executives and shareholder 
interests over the longer term. Under the LTI plan, performance options may be offered annually to the CEO 
and nominated Executives, including Executive KMP. The employees invited to participate in the plan include 
Executives who are considered to play a leading role in achieving the Company’s long-term strategic and 
operational objectives. 

Performance options were chosen as the vehicle to deliver equity to ensure that participants are only rewarded 
for an increase in share price from the grant date, further strengthening the alignment between Executive 
remuneration and growth in shareholder value.  

How is the LTI 
plan delivered? 

The LTI plan is delivered via a grant of performance options. The number of performance options that vest is 
not determined until after the end of the performance period. 

The performance options will therefore not provide any value to the holder between the dates the performance 
options are granted and the end of the vesting period and restriction period (if applicable), and then only if the 
performance hurdles are satisfied and there has been share price growth over the exercise price. 

Performance options do not carry entitlements to ordinary dividends or other shareholder rights until the 
performance options vest and shares are provided. Accordingly, participating Executives do not receive 
dividends during the vesting Period. 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW 
 
 
 
 
 
36

REMUNERATION REPORT 
R EMUN E R AT I O N R E P O R T
Continued 
Continued

How was the 
number of 
performance 
options 
determined? 

The number of performance options for each Executive was determined as part of the calculation of total 
remuneration for an Executive role. The Committee determined LTI plan awards by assessing the quantum 
required to provide a market competitive total remuneration level, for on target performance. 

The number of performance options granted was determined by reference to the maximum value of the grant. 
The maximum value was determined by a fixed percentage of the Executive’s TFC. The CEO was entitled to a 
maximum value of $1,400,000 in FY2019, and in subsequent years, to 90 percent of TFC. Executive KMP are 
entitled to a maximum value of 60 percent of TFC. The maximum value divided by the value attributed to the 
performance option was used to determine the exact number of performance options granted. The value 
attributed to the performance option was calculated using the Black-Scholes option valuation approach as at 
the grant date.  

The exercise price was set based on the volume weighted average price (VWAP) of the Company’s shares 
over the five trading days up to and including the day before the closing date of the grant. 

Vesting and performance hurdles  

What is the 
performance 
period? 

The performance period commences at the beginning of the financial year in which the performance options 
are granted. For the performance options granted under the FY2019 LTI plan, the performance period started 
on 29 July 2018 and ends after three years on 31 July 2021. Following the end of the performance period and 
after the Company has lodged its audited financial results for FY2021 with the ASX, the Board will test the 
performance hurdles that apply to the FY2019 LTI plan offer and will determine how many performance options 
(if any) are eligible to vest.  

What are the 
performance 
hurdles? 

Why were the 
performance 
hurdles chosen? 

The performance measures approved by the Board for the FY2019 LTI plan offer were EPS and relative TSR: 

• 
• 

50 percent of the award is subject to the EPS hurdle  
50 percent of the award is subject to the TSR hurdle 

The hurdles were chosen to align shareholder returns with Executive reward outcomes over the three year 
performance period and to complement the STI plan measures. 

The Board considers EPS the most effective measure for determining the underlying profitability of the 
business. When determining normalised EPS for LTI purposes statutory earnings is adopted as the base and 
the Board will allow adjustments to be made for significant items on a case-by-case basis. To the extent a 
write-down occurs that is considered to have been within management’s control, it will form a part of the EPS 
calculation. 

The TSR hurdle was selected to ensure alignment between comparative shareholder return and reward for 
Executives. This measure also provides a direct comparison of the Company's performance over the 
performance period against a comparator group of companies that would, broadly, be expected to be similarly 
impacted by changes in market conditions. For FY2019, the comparator group selected consists of S&P ASX 
200 companies excluding companies in the: 

• 

Financials, Health Care, Utilities, Consumer Staples, Energy and Telecommunication Services Global 
Industry Classification Standard (GICS) Sectors; and 

•  Metals & Mining GICS Industry. 

Based on investor feedback, for FY2020, the comparator group (see section 2.2) has been amended to include 
a more relevant base of listed companies from the retail and consumer services sector. 

REMUNERATION REPORT 
R EMUN E R AT I O N R E P O R T
Continued 
Continued

37

What is the 
vesting 
framework? 

The number of performance options that vest will depend on how well Myer has performed during the 
performance period. For superior performance, 100 percent of the performance options will vest. Only a 
percentage of performance options will vest for performance below that level. If Myer does not achieve certain 
minimum thresholds then all the applicable performance options will lapse, and no performance options can 
vest. 

For the FY2019 LTI plan offer, the following vesting hurdles apply: 

Performance options subject to the EPS hurdle (50 percent of the Award) 

The EPS hurdle will be tested over the performance period by calculating the compound annual growth rate in 
the Company’s EPS using EPS at the end of FY2018 as the base year. The resulting growth rate will be used 
to determine the level of vesting for the performance options subject to the EPS Hurdle. 

The Board has determined that the write-down incurred during FY2018 will be excluded from the calculation of 
EPS for the purpose of the FY2019 LTI plan. This has the effect of increasing the base year EPS, from which 
growth rates will be measured.  

The  table  below  sets  out  the  percentage  of  performance  options  subject  to  the  EPS  Hurdle  that  can  vest 
depending on the Company’s growth in EPS: 

Growth in EPS from base year EPS 

% of performance options subject to the EPS 
Hurdle that will vest 
(rounded down to the nearest whole number) 

Below 13% compound annual growth 

At 13% compound annual growth 

Nil  

50% 

Between 13% and 20% (inclusive) compound annual 
growth 

Straight line pro-rata vesting between 50% and 100% 

At or above 20% compound annual growth 

100%  

Performance options subject to the TSR Hurdle (50 percent of the Award) 

The TSR Hurdle will be tested following the end of the performance period by comparing the Company’s total 
shareholder return performance over the performance period relative to a set peer group. The peer group for 
the FY2019 Grant will consist of S&P ASX 200 companies excluding companies in the: 

• 

Financials, Health Care, Utilities, Consumer Staples, Energy and Telecommunication Services Global 
Industry Classification Standard (GICS) Sectors; and 

•  Metals & Mining GICS Industry. 

The comparator group may, at the discretion of the Board, be adjusted to take into account events during the 
performance period including, but not limited to, takeovers, mergers, de-mergers and de-listings. 

The table below sets out the percentage of performance rights subject to the TSR Hurdle that can vest depending 
on the Company’s relative TSR performance: 

TSR performance relative to peer group 

% of performance options subject to the TSR 
Hurdle that will vest 
(rounded down to the nearest whole number) 

Below the 50th percentile 

At the 50th percentile 

Nil 

50% 

Between the 50th percentile and the 75th percentile  Straight line pro-rata vesting between 50% and 100% 

At or above the 75th percentile 

100%  

For the CEO and Chief Merchandise Officer the vesting period is 4 years during which a continuous service 
condition applies. 

No. Each performance hurdle is only tested once at the end of the performance period.  

Are the 
performance 
hurdles subject 
to retesting? 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW38

REMUNERATION REPORT 
R EMUN E R AT I O N R E P O R T
Continued 
Continued

How are shares 
allocated? 

Under the plan, following vesting, shares are allocated on a net settlement basis, where the Executive is 
allocated the total number of shares that would have been allocated upon exercise less the number of shares 
equal to the value of the aggregated exercise price. The number of shares delivered by the Company 
represents the value above the exercise price in accordance with the formula below: 

(A - B) / C, where: 

A = Aggregate value of vested performance options (based on the market value of a share) 

B = Aggregate exercise price payable 

C = Market value of a share 

This approach ensures that Executives are only rewarded for the increase to share price from the grant date, 
thereby strengthening the alignment between Executive remuneration and growth in shareholder value. The 
exercise price of $0.42 for the FY2019 LTI plan was calculated using the VWAP of a share over the five 
trading days up to and including the day before the closing date of the grant. 

Do any 
restrictions apply 
once the options 
vest? 

Any shares provided on vesting of the performance options will be subject to a restriction period of one year, 
during which they cannot be sold, transferred or otherwise dealt with. A continuous service restriction will also 
apply during the restriction period. For the CEO and Chief Merchandise Officer, the vesting period is 4 years 
and there is no additional restriction period following the vesting. 

Cessation of employment, change of control, clawback, forfeiture, participation in future issues and hedging 
arrangements  

Cessation of 
employment 

The treatment of performance options on cessation of employment will depend on the date as well as the 
circumstances of cessation. Generally, if an Executive ceases employment on or before the end of the 
restriction period due to resignation, termination for cause or gross misconduct, they will forfeit any interest in 
the options. If employment ceases on or before the end of the restriction period for other reasons, the 
Executive KMP will retain an interest in the vested shares. Subject to applicable law, the Board has the 
discretion to allow different treatment (although the discretion is only likely to be exercised in exceptional 
circumstances). 

The Board has absolute discretion to allow full or pro-rated accelerated vesting of performance options in the 
event of certain change of control events, and would exercise this discretion in the best interests of the 
Company.  

The LTI plan includes provisions for options to lapse and interests in shares allocated and subject to restriction 
to be forfeited, at the Board’s discretion, if options or shares are granted, eligible to vest or allocated as a result 
of a material misstatement in, or omission from, the Company’s financial statements. The Myer Board would 
only exercise this discretion in respect of those Executives who were Executives of the Company at the time 
the financial statements were approved by the Board and issued by the Company. 

The options and entitlements attaching to performance options may be adjusted if the Company undertakes a 
bonus or rights issue or a capital reconstruction in relation to the Company's shares. For example, in the event 
of a rights issue, the number of shares which an Executive is entitled to be allocated on the exercise of 
performance options may be changed in a manner determined by the Myer Board and consistent with the ASX 
Listing Rules. 

The expiry date for performance options under the FY2019 LTI plan is 24 December 2022. 

Executives are forbidden from entering into any hedging arrangements affecting their economic exposure to 
performance options or restricted shares. 

Executives are also forbidden from entering into transactions or arrangements prohibited under the Company’s 
Securities Dealing Policy. 

How would a 
change of 
control impact 
LTI plan 
entitlements? 

Does a 
‘clawback’ 
and/or forfeiture 
apply? 

How would a 
bonus or rights 
issue impact 
performance 
options under 
the LTI plan? 

Do performance 
options expire? 

Do any other 
restrictions apply 
to performance 
options prior to 
vesting or 
subject to 
restriction? 

 
 
 
REMUNERATION REPORT 
R EMUN E R AT I O N R E P O R T
Continued 
Continued

39

In FY2019, Executive KMP and other senior Executives received a grant of performance options. The awards granted may deliver 
value to Executives at the end of the three year performance period, subject to satisfaction of performance hurdles as set out in the 
table below. 

The following table summarises the FY2019 performance options granted to Executive KMP: 

Total value of 
performance 
options at grant 
date  
$ 

1,400,000 

Valuation of each 
performance 
option at grant 
date(1)  
$ 
0.1246 

Name 
J King 

Number of 
performance 
options granted 
4,516,129 

Exercise 
price  
$ 
0.42 

Applicable 
hurdles 
EPS 

N Chadwick  

477,000 

A Sutton 

396,000 

A Winstanley 

477,000 

0.1203 

0.1246 

0.1203 

0.1246 

0.1203 

0.1246 

0.1203 

4,516,129 

1,538,710 

1,538,710 

1,277,419 

1,277,419 

1,538,710 

1,538,710 

0.42 

0.42 

0.42 

0.42 

0.42 

0.42 

0.42 

TSR 

EPS 

TSR 

EPS 

TSR 

EPS 

TSR 

End of 
performance 
period 
31 July 2021 

31 July 2021 

31 July 2021 

31 July 2021 

31 July 2021 

31 July 2021 

31 July 2021 

31 July 2021 

(1)  The valuation is calculated in accordance with AASB 2 Share Based Payment. 

4.  EXECUTIVE KMP SERVICE AGREEMENTS 

Remuneration and other terms of employment for the CEO and other Executive KMP are formalised in service agreements. The 
termination provisions for Executive KMP, as set out in their service agreements, are described below: 

Name 
J King 

N Chadwick 

A Sutton 

A Winstanley 

Former Disclosed Executive KMP 
M Cripsey(1) 

Contract type 
Rolling contract  

Rolling contract 

Rolling contract 

Rolling contract 

Rolling contract 

Termination notice period 
initiated by Executive KMP 
12 months 

Termination notice period, or 
payment in lieu of notice, 
initiated by Company 
12 months 

6 months 

3 months 

6 months 

6 months 

6 months 

6 months 

6 months 

6 months 

R Umbers(2) 
(1)  Mr Cripsey stepped down as Executive KMP on 31 October 2018 and was paid the minimum payment required under the terms 

Rolling contract 

12 months 

6 months 

of his employment. 

(2)  Mr Umbers stepped down as Executive KMP on 14 February 2018 and his notice period concluded on 31 July 2018. 

The agreements also provide for an Executive KMP’s participation in the STI and LTI plans subject to Board approval of their eligibility 
and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the respective plans.  

In addition, Mr King and Mr Winstanley have been provided with support relating to their relocations, and are entitled to the following 
benefits:  

•  Coverage of costs associated with moving personal and household items, and tax services for the first year of their assignments; 

and 

•  Ongoing rental assistance, health care coverage and two return flights for self and spouse to and from the USA or the United 

Kingdom annually, and other costs related to their Australian residency. 

The cost to the Company in providing this support for the period ended 27 July 2019 is summarised in Section 7. 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
40

REMUNERATION REPORT 
R EMUN E R AT I O N R E P O R T
Continued 
Continued

5.  NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR REMUNERATION 

Fees and payments to Non-Executive Directors reflect the demands upon and responsibilities of those directors. The Board, on the 
recommendation of the Committee, reviews Non-Executive Directors' fees and payments at least once a year. As part of that review, 
the Board considers the advice of independent remuneration consultants in relation to: 
•  Chairman’s fees and payments; 
•  Non-Executive Directors’ fees and payments; and 
• 

payments made in relation to the Chairman of committees or for other specific tasks that may be performed by directors.  

Non-Executive Directors’ fees are determined within an aggregate directors’ fee pool limit as approved from time to time by Myer 
shareholders at the AGM. The maximum aggregate limit includes superannuation contributions for the benefit of Non-Executive 
Directors and any fees which a Non-Executive irector agrees to sacrifice for other benefits. It does not include reimbursement of 
genuine out-of-pocket expenses, genuine special exertions fees paid in accordance with the Company’s constitution, or certain issues 
of securities under ASX Listing Rule 10.11 or 10.14, with the approval of shareholders. The current maximum aggregate fee pool limit 
is $2,150,000 per annum. The aggregate fee pool limit has not changed since the Company was listed in November 2009.  

Base fees for Non-Executive Directors include payment for participation on Board Committees; however, an additional payment is 
made to those who serve as Chairman on a Committee to recognise the additional responsibility and time requirements involved in 
chairing a Committee.  

In FY2018, the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors’ fees had been reduced to align them with market benchmarks for companies 
with a similar market capitalisation. The Chairman fee was initially reduced from $400,000 in FY2017 to $350,000 from the start of 
FY2018. From 21 March 2018, the Chairman fee was subsequently further reduced from $350,000 to $300,000,  Non-Executive 
Directors’ fees were reduced from $150,000 to $120,000, the Audit Finance and Risk Committee Chairman fees were reduced from 
$30,000 to $20,000 and Human Resources and Remuneration Committee Chairman fees were reduced from $22,500 to $20,000. No 
change was made to the fee structure in FY2019. 

The following yearly fees applied in FY2019: 

Base annual fees 
Chairman (all inclusive) 

Other Non-Executive Directors 

Additional annual fees 
Audit Finance and Risk Committee – Chairman 

Audit Finance and Risk Committee – member 

Human Resources and Remuneration Committee – Chairman 

Human Resources and Remuneration Committee – member 

Nomination Committee – Chairman 

Nomination Committee – member 

$ 
300,000 

120,000 

20,000 

- 

20,000 

- 

- 

- 

Non-Executive Directors are not entitled to any additional remuneration upon retirement. Superannuation contributions required by 
legislation are made from the fee paid to directors and fall within the aggregate fee pool limit.  

Non-Executive Directors do not receive performance based pay. However, they are able to purchase shares in the Company, which 
can be acquired on market during approved trading ‘windows’ for share trading consistent with the Company’s Securities Dealing 
Policy. 
Each Non-Executive Director will target the purchase of a shareholding in the Company that, as at the date of the last purchase, is 
equivalent to at least one year’s Non-Executive Director’s base fees, progressively over three years from the date of their appointment, 
for new Non-Executive Directors, and within three years from April 2018 for Non-Executive Directors appointed before this date.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REMUNERATION REPORT 
R EMUN E R AT I O N R E P O R T
Continued 
Continued

41

The table below shows the remuneration amounts recorded in the financial statements in the period for Non-Executive Directors: 

Name 

Non-Executive Directors  

G Hounsell(1) 

I Cornell(2) 

J Morrison(3) 

J Stephenson 

D Whittle 

L Cattermole AM 

J Naylor 

FY 

2019 

2018 

2019 

2018 

2019 

2018 

2019 

2018 

2019 

2018 

2019 

2018 

2019 

2018 

Former Non-Executive Directors 

C Froggatt(4) 

B Thorn(5) 

P McClintock(6) 

A Brennan(7) 

Total Non-Executive 
Directors 

2019 

2018 

2019 

2018 

2019 

2018 

2019 

2018 

2019 

2018 

Myer Holdings 
Limited Board & 
Committee Fees 
$ 

Additional fees 
$ 

Superannuation 
$ 

279,429 

146,896 

126,700 

125,877 

108,600 

97,596 

126,700 

141,098 

108,600 

125,877 

86,565 

- 

20,067 

- 

35,567 

145,417 

61,540 

125,877 

-  

104,786 

-  

51,832 

953,768 

 - 

294,378 

- 

- 

- 

140,178 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

 - 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1,065,256 

434,556 

20,571 

16,748 

13,300 

13,214 

11,400 

10,245 

13,300 

14,811 

11,400 

13,214 

9,087 

- 

2,107 

- 

15,265 

6,460 

13,214 

-  

6,683 

-  

5,441 

87,625 

108,835 

Total 
$ 

300,000 

458,022 

140,000 

139,091 

120,000 

248,019 

140,000 

155,909 

120,000 

139,091 

95,652 

- 

22,174 

- 

35,567 

160,682 

68,000 

139,091 

-  

111,469 

-  

57,273 

1,041,393 

1,608,647 

(1)  During FY18, Mr Hounsell commenced as a Non-Executive Director and Deputy Chairman on 20 September 2017; was appointed 

Chairman on 24 November 2017; and was appointed Executive Chairman on 14 February 2018 for the period until 3 June 2018, 
and he reverted to Non-Executive Chairman on 4 June 2018. Mr Hounsell was a paid a fee of $83,333 per month for the period he 
was Executive Chairman. The Company paid $587 FBT in relation to car parking provided to Mr Hounsell.  

(2)  Mr Cornell will retire as a Non-Executive Director on 30 October 2019. 
(3)  During FY18, Ms Morrison commenced as a Non-Executive Director on 17 October 2017. In addition to her Non-Executive 

Director fees, Ms Morrison was paid $68,075 for her role as a Director of the sass & bide and Marcs and David Lawrence entities 
during the period up until 4 June 2018, and $72,103 for marketing consulting services provided to the Company. 

(4)  Ms Froggatt retired as Non-Executive Director on 30 November 2018. 
(5)  Mr Thorn retired as Non-Executive Director on 24 February 2019. 
(6)  Mr McClintock retired as Non-Executive Director on 24 November 2017. 
(7)  Ms Brennan retired as Non-Executive Director on 24 November 2017. 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
42

REMUNERATION REPORT 
R EMUN E R AT I O N R E P O R T
Continued 
Continued

6.  REMUNERATION GOVERNANCE 

6.1  HUMAN RESOURCES AND REMUNERATION COMMITTEE 

The Board reviews its role, responsibilities, and performance annually to ensure that the Company continues to maintain and improve 
its governance standards. 

The Board is responsible for ensuring the Company’s remuneration strategy is equitable and aligned with Company performance and 
shareholder interests. The Board conducts an annual review of the remuneration strategy of the business. To assist with this, the Board 
has established a Human Resources and Remuneration Committee made up of Non-Executive Directors only. The Committee charter 
is available on the Company’s Investor Centre website. 

When making remuneration decisions, the Committee will also consider the Company’s internal succession plan and capability profile. 

Mr Ian Cornell has served as Chairman of the Committee since July 2018. Mr Gary Hounsell stepped down as a Committee member in 
March 2019 and Ms Lyndsey Cattermole was appointed to the Committee from March 2019. Ms JoAnne Stephenson was a member of 
the Committee throughout FY2019. 

In performing its role, the Committee has the responsibility to make recommendations to the Board on: 

•  Non-Executive Director fees; 
• 

Executive remuneration (for the CEO and Managing Director and other Executives) including specific recommendations on 
remuneration packages and other terms of employment; 
the overarching remuneration framework including the policy, strategy and practices for fixed reward and both short and long term 
incentive plans and performance hurdles; and 
the health of the organisation, suitable succession coverage, organisational culture and diversity.  

• 

• 

The Committee has been established under rule 8.15 of the Constitution of the Company. Further information on the role of the 
Committee, its membership and meetings held throughout the year will be set out in the Corporate Governance Statement (available on 
the Company’s website) and the Directors’ Report. 

The CEO and the Executive General Manager Human Resources are regular attendees at the Committee meetings. The CEO was not 
present during any Committee or Board meetings when his remuneration was considered or discussed during the financial year. 

The Committee must at all times have regard to, and notify the Board as appropriate, of all legal and regulatory requirements, including 
any shareholder approvals required in connection with remuneration matters.  

The Committee Chairman or, if he is not available, a Committee member, will attend the AGM and be available to answer any 
questions from shareholders about the Committee’s activities or, if appropriate, the Company’s remuneration arrangements. 

6.2  USE OF REMUNERATION CONSULTANTS 

To ensure it is fully informed when making remuneration decisions, the Committee draws on services from a range of external sources, 
including remuneration consultants where appropriate. The Company’s guidelines on the use of remuneration consultants aim to 
ensure the independence of remuneration consultants from Myer’s management, and include the process for the selection of 
consultants and the terms of engagement.  

Remuneration consultants are engaged by the Committee Chairman, and report directly to the Committee. As part of this engagement, 
an agreed set of protocols to be followed by the consultants, the Committee, and management, have been devised that determine the 
way in which remuneration recommendations are developed and provided to the Board. This process is intended to ensure that any 
recommendation made by a remuneration consultant is free from undue influence by the Executive KMP to whom any 
recommendations may relate. 

During FY2019, the Board continued to engage Ernst & Young (EY) to provide various remuneration advice, including benchmarking 
data, market commentary and professional guidance regarding Myer’s Executive remuneration and incentive plans. During this 
engagement, no remuneration recommendations as defined by the Corporations Act 2001 were provided to the Company by EY.  

 
 
 
%
7
2

%
8
3

%
0
1

%
3
1

%
2
1

%
4
2

%
3
1

%
4
1

%
5

%
4
3

-

-

%
0

%
6

-

%
0

43

%
7
2

%
8
3

%
0
1

%
3
1

%
2
1

%
4
2

%
3
1

%
4
1

%
5

%
4
3

-

-

%
0

%
6

-

%
0

f
o
%

n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
R

f
o
%

s
n
o
i
t
p
o

f
o
g
n
i
t
s
i
s
n
o
c

/

r
o
d
n
a

s
t
h
g
i
r

d
e
t
a
l
e
r

e
c
n
a
m
r
o
f
r
e
P

n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r

l
a
t
o
T

$

$

-
e
r
a
h
S

d
e
s
a
b

t
n
e
m
y
a
p

)
7
(
e
s
n
e
p
x
e

$

e
r
a
h
s

d
e
s
a
b

i

g
n
d
u
l
c
x
E

s
t
n
e
m
y
a
p

s
t
n
e
m
y
a
p

r
e
h
t
o
&

n
o
i
t
a
n
m
r
e
T

i

g
n
o
L

T
R
O
P
E
R

N
O

I
T
A
R
E
N
U
M
E
R

T
R
O
P
E
R
N
O
I
T
A
R
E
N
U
M
E
R

d
e
u
n
i
t
n
o
C

d
e
u
n
i
t
n
o
C

,
s
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n

i

n
o
i
t
n
e
t
e
r

d
n
a

s
t
n
e
m
y
a
p

d
e
s
a
b
e
r
a
h
s

f
o

e
s
a
c
e
h
t
n
I

.
d
o
i
r
e
p

i

s
h
t

n

i

i

d
e
d
v
o
r
p
s
e
c
v
r
e
s

i

r
o
f

d
e
d
r
a
w
a

i

r
o
d
a
p
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r

e
h
t

f
o

l

t
n
e
m
e
e
h
c
a
e

f
o

t
n
u
o
m
a

d
n
a

e
r
u
t
a
n
e
h
t

f
o
s

l
i

a
t
e
d

s
w
o
h
s
e
b
a

l

t

i

g
n
w
o

l
l

o
f

e
h
T

I

S
E
R
U
S
O
L
C
S
D
Y
R
O
T
U
T
A
T
S
P
M
K
E
V
I
T
U
C
E
X
E

.
7

l

i

a
u
d
v
d
n

i

i

e
h
t
o
t
d
a
p
y

i

l
l

a
u
t
c
a
t
n
u
o
m
a
e
h
t

t
c
e
l
f
e
r

y

l
i
r
a
s
s
e
c
e
n
t
o
n

s
e
o
d

i

s
h
t

i

l

y
g
n
d
r
o
c
c
a

d
n
a
s
d
r
a
d
n
a
t
s

g
n
i
t
n
u
o
c
c
a

t
n
a
v
e
e
r

l

h
t
i

w
e
c
n
a
d
r
o
c
c
a

n

i

d
o
i
r
e
p

e
h
t

g
n
i
r
u
d

d
e
s
n
e
p
x
e

t
n
u
o
m
a
e
h
t

t
c
e
l
f

e
r

l

i

d
e
s
o
c
s
d
s
t
n
u
o
m
a

e
h
t

e
s
n
e
p
x
e
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r

l
a
t
o
T

s
t
i
f
e
n
e
b
m
r
e
t
-
g
n
o
L

)
4
(
s
t
i
f
e
n
e
b

t
n
e
m
y
o
p
m
e

l

l

s
t
i
f
e
n
e
b
e
e
y
o
p
m
e
m
r
e
t
-
t
r
o
h
S

t
s
o
P

l

.
s
e
b
a
t

i

g
n
w
o

l
l

o
f

e
h
t
n

i

n
w
o
h
s

t
n
u
o
m
a
e
h
t

n
a
h
t

s
s
e

l

r
o

e
r
o
m
e
b
y
a
m
h
c
h
w

i

,

d
o
i
r
e
p

e
h
t

g
n
i
r
u
d

4
7
5
,
0
3
4

7
5
8
,
2
6
1

7
1
7
,
7
6
2

8
2
7
,
4
6
8
,
1

6
4
2
,
8
0
5

2
8
4
,
6
5
3
,
1

4
2
0
,
5
5
8

5
7
3
,
2
3
4

8
9
0
,
4
8
7

0
0
2
,
8
8
8

8
9
2
,
8
8

8
5
0
,
8
5

0
2
5
,
6
9

6
2
7
,
6
6
7

7
1
3
,
4
7
3

8
7
5
,
7
8
6

$

-

-

-

-

-

9
8
4
,
1
1

9
8
0
,
6
7
6

1
7
5
,
0
2

6
1
0
,
4
7
3

7
8
7
,
0
1

$

e
c
i
v
r
e
s

)
6
(
e
v
a
e
l

8
5
1

3
4
2
,
3

1
0
3

0
6
5
,
2

-
r
e
p
u
S

l
a
t
o
t
b
u
S

)
5
(
n
o
i
t
a
u
n
n
a

)
3
(
r
e
h
t
O

$

9
5
5
,
7
6
2

9
3
2
,
3
5
3
,
1

$

-

-

$

9
3
2
,
3
5
1

1
2
3
,
2
7

6
6
1
,
4
6
7

1
7
5
,
0
2

)
4
8
0
,
2
1
(

1
7
2
,
3
8
1

6
1
5
,
6
2

5
5
7
,
6
5
1

1
5
5
,
5
5
1
,
1

0
2
8
,
0
5
1

1
3
7
,
4
0
0
,
1

-

-

6
6

9
8
6
,
6
5
1

6
7
0
,
2

5
5
6
,
2
0
0
,
1

-

-

9
4
8
,
3
1
5

2
8
9
,
5
2

7
6
8
,
7
8
4

4
3
7
,
4
3
3

)
0
4
7
,
4
(

3
7
8
,
7
5
1

3
3
1
,
5

1
8
6
,
0
4
5

0
8
7
,
1
8
1

1
0
9
,
8
5
3

-

0
4
7
,
4

1
6
1
,
4
5
3

3
8
2
,
0
1

4
9
5
,
0
1
2

6
0
6
,
7
7
6

7
8
8
,
5
7
1

)
1
9
8
,
6
7
1
(

0
1
6
,
8
7
6

9
8
0
,
0
2

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

0
4
6
,
6
5
7

-

0
4
6
,
6
5
7

8
7
1
,
3
5
7

-

2
6
4
,
3

2
6
4
,
3

-

7
8
1
,
6
1
2
,
1

)
0
2
7
,
5
5
6
(

7
0
9
,
1
7
8
,
1

1
4
4
,
7
9
2
,
1

)
1
6
1
,
9
(

7
2
6
,
3
8
5

9
4
0
,
0
2

)
2
6
5
,
5
7
(

4
3
7
,
4
3
9

6
2
5
,
8
5

8
0
2
,
6
7
8

4
9
2
,
0
1
5

)
7
5
7
,
4
(

1
7
6
,
0
7
3

6
6
3
,
3
1

)
2
8
5
,
8
7
(

-

-

-

-

-

1
1
9
,
6
9
3

)
5
1
9
,
7
7
1
(

6
2
8
,
4
7
5

1
5
2
,
3
8
5

)
5
2
4
,
8
(

-

-

-

-

0
9
8
,
9
2
9
,
5

6
6
8
,
9
6
8

4
2
0
,
0
6
0
,
5

2
1
9
,
7
8
0
,
1

8
2
6
,
4
1

4
8
4
,
7
5
9
,
3

7
3
7
,
9
4

3
3
9
,
2
2
0
,
5

)
4
0
3
,
5
3
1
(

7
3
2
,
8
5
1
,
5

3
7
8
,
6
6
5
,
2

)
9
6
9
,
3
9
1
(

3
3
3
,
5
8
7
,
2

4
7
5
,
4
7

-

-

9
5
6
,
0
6
3

2
3
6
,
4
2

9
1
5
,
1
1

9
8
0
,
6
1

0
1
6
,
8
1

5
5
6
,
7
0
2

5
6
6
,
4
7

1
6
6
,
1

)
0
4
2
,
4
(

$

)
2
(

I

T
S

$

h
s
a
C

)
1
(
y
r
a
l
a
s

Y
F

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

0
0
0
,
0
0
2
,
1

9
1
0
2

8
3
2
,
5
9
1

8
1
0
2

9
7
6
,
5
5
7

0
1
7
,
1
5
3

9
2
4
,
9
3
6

1
1
9
,
9
3
6

0
0
0
,
5
9
7

4
2
0
,
2
8

-

0
8
9
,
6
5
1

7
1
2
,
2
4
3

0
4
1
,
9
3
6

-

7
8
8
,
5
3
4

-

-

9
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

8
8
0
,
7
4
5
,
3

9
1
0
2

7
2
1
,
6
8
6
,
2

8
1
0
2

P
M
K
e
v
i
t
u
c
e
x
E
d
e
s
o
c
s
D
r
e
m
r
o
F

i

l

n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
R
P
M
K

l

a
t
o
T

)
1
1
(
y
e
s
p
i
r

C
M

)
2
1
(
s
r
e
b
m
U
R

)
3
1
(
t
r
o
p
n
o
v
e
D
G

n
e
k
c
a
r
B
D

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D
e
v

i
t
u
c
e
x
E

e
m
a
N

)
8
(
g
n
K
J

i

P
M
K
e
v

i
t
u
c
e
x
E

i

)
9
(
k
c
w
d
a
h
C
N

)
0
1
(
y
e
n
a

l

i

t
s
n
W
A

n
o

t
t

u
S
A

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
44

Footnotes 

REMUNERATION REPORT 
R EMUN E R AT I O N R E P O R T
Continued 
Continued

(1)  Cash salary includes short-term compensated absences and any salary sacrifice arrangement implemented by the Executive 

KMPs, including additional superannuation contributions.  

(2)  STI payments relate to program performance and conditions for the year they were earned, not the year of actual payment. 
(3)  Other short-term employee benefits include the movement in annual leave accrual, and Fringe Benefits Tax paid by the 

Company in respect of Company provided car parking up to the end of March 2019 (in accordance with the FBT year), mobile 
phone expenses and expatriate support for Mr King and Mr Winstanley. 

(4)  There were no post-employment benefits other than superannuation. 
(5)  Executive KMPs receive a statutory superannuation contribution up to a threshold limit in line with the ATO published maximum 
superannuation contribution base, with the exception of Mr King and Mr Winstanley, who do not receive superannuation due to 
their tax status.  

(6)  This benefit includes the movement in long service leave accrual.  
(7)  The share based payment expense represents the amount expensed for the period based on valuations determined under 

AASB 2 Share Based Payment. This expense is based on the fair value at grant date, and reflects expectations of the number of 
rights and options expected to vest. Where expectations change in relation to vesting, adjustment is made in the current period 
to reflect this change. As the equity grant may fully vest, partially vest or not vest at all, the benefit that the Executive KMP 
ultimately realises is likely to be different to the amount disclosed in a particular year. The amount disclosed does not represent 
cash payments received in the period, and if vesting conditions are not met, may result in reversal of the remuneration amount in 
a future period. There were no other equity-settled share based payments and there were no cash-settled share based 
payments. 

(8)  Mr King's other short-term benefits include annual leave accrual, and allowances for rental assistance and health insurance, and 

return flights home under the expatriate terms of his employment contract. 

(9)  Mr Chadwick’s TFC was increased by 10.4 percent in FY2019 as a result of additional responsibilities performed by him post the 

departure of Mr Cripsey in the role of Chief Operating Office. Mr Chadwick took over responsibility for Myer’s entire Information 
Technology function from Mr Cripsey. In addition, he also took on responsibility for the Myer legal function in FY2019. 

(10)  Mr Winstanley's other short-term benefits include annual leave accrual, and allowances for rental assistance and health 

insurance, and return flights home under the expatriate terms of his employment contract. 

(11)  Mr Cripsey stepped down as Chief Operating Officer on 31 October 2018 and was paid the minimum payment required under 

the terms of his employment. 

(12)  Mr Umbers stepped down as CEO and Managing Director on 14 February 2018, and his notice period concluded on 31 July 

2018. His termination payment consists of all payments made post 14 February 2018, which were the minimum payments 
required under the terms of his employment.   

(13)  Mr Devonport stepped down as Chief Financial Officer on 28 January 2018, and his notice period concluded on 21 March 2018. 

His termination payments were made in FY2018, which were the minimum payments required under the terms of his 
employment. In January 2016, Mr Devonport was granted performance rights in recognition of significant incentive arrangements 
forfeited upon leaving his previous employer to join Myer. As part of the terms of Mr Devonport’s separation 173,913 rights 
valued at $88,696 granted to him vested in FY2019. 

(14)  Mr Bracken stepped down as Chief Merchandise and Marketing Officer on 19 July 2017, and his notice period concluded on 19 

January 2018. His termination payment was the minimum amount required under the terms of his employment. 

7.1  UNVESTED PERFORMANCE RIGHTS AND OPTIONS 

Details of performance rights and options granted to Executive KMP under the previous equity incentive plans that remain unvested as 
at 27 July 2019 are set out in the table below. 

Grant type 
Rights (ROFE hurdle) 

Rights (EPS hurdle) 

Rights (TSR hurdle) 

Rights (ROFE hurdle) 

Rights (EPS hurdle) 

Rights (TSR hurdle) 
Rights  
(CEO only service hurdle) 
Rights  
(CMO only service hurdle) 
Options (EPS hurdle)(1) 

Options (TSR hurdle) (1) 

Grant date 
22-Dec-16 

22-Dec-16 

22-Dec-16 

21-Dec-17 

21-Dec-17 

21-Dec-17 

Number of 
instruments 
243,374 

121,687 

121,689 

756,439 

378,220 

378,219 

4-Jun-18 

1,554,061 

25-Jun-18 

24-Dec-18 

24-Dec-18 

370,371 

8,870,968 

8,870,968 

Value per 
instrument at 
grant date  
$ 
$1.25 

Vesting date (if holder remains 
employed by a Myer Group 
company) 
End of performance period 

$1.25 

$0.84 

$0.47 

$0.21 

$0.47 

$0.29 

$0.35 

$0.12 

$0.12 

End of performance period 

End of performance period 

End of performance period 

End of performance period 

End of performance period 

End of performance period 

End of performance period 

End of vesting period  

End of vesting period  

Total 
(1)  Performance options granted on 24 December 2018 will expire on 24 December 2022. 

21,665,996 

Details of performance rights or options over ordinary shares in the Company currently provided as remuneration and granted during 
FY2019 to Executive KMP are set out overleaf. Further information on the LTI plan is set out in note H4 of the Financial Statements. 

 
 
  
  
  
 
 
REMUNERATION REPORT 
R EMUN E R AT I O N R E P O R T
Continued 
Continued

45

7.2  EQUITY INSTRUMENTS GRANTED TO EXECUTIVE KMP IN FY2019  

Name 
J King(3) 

N Chadwick 

A Sutton 

Number of 
performance options 
granted(1) 

Value of performance 
options at grant 
date(2)  
$ 

9,032,258 

3,077,420 

2,554,838 

1,400,000 

477,000 

396,000 

Vesting Date 

1-Aug-22 

1-Aug-21 

1-Aug-21 

Number of rights 
vested during the 
period 

810,804 

- 

- 

A Winstanley(4) 
(1)  No performance rights were granted to Non-Executive Directors during the reporting period. 
(2)  The Black Scholes valuation for determining the face value under the FY2019 LTI plan grant was $0.155. 
(3)  Mr King was appointed as CEO and Managing Director on 4 June 2018. The number of performance rights vested refer to rights 

3,077,420 

1-Aug-22 

185,184 

477,000 

granted on his commencement. This plan vests monthly in 36 equal tranches. 

(4)  Mr Winstanley was appointed as Chief Merchandise Officer on 25 June 2018. The number of performance rights vested refer to 

rights granted on his commencement. This plan vests monthly in 36 equal tranches. 

7.3  SHARES PROVIDED ON EXERCISE OF RIGHTS  

In January 2016, Mr Devonport was granted performance rights in recognition of significant incentive arrangements forfeited upon 
leaving his previous employer to join Myer. As part of the terms of Mr Devonport’s separation, these rights granted to him vested in 
FY2019 and as such 173,913 ordinary shares were provided. No other Non-Executive Directors of the company or Executive KMP 
were provided ordinary shares as a result of exercise of options or rights.  

7.4  PERFORMANCE OPTIONS AND PERFORMANCE RIGHTS ON ISSUE 

For each grant of options or grant of performance rights included in this report, the percentage of the grant that was paid, or that 
vested, in the financial year, and the percentage and value that was forfeited because the service and performance criteria were not 
met is set out below. Options and performance rights vest provided the vesting conditions or performance hurdles are met. No options 
or performance rights will vest if the hurdles (either service or performance) are not satisfied, therefore the minimum value of the 
options or performance rights yet to vest is nil. 

Name 
J King(2) 

N Chadwick(4) 

A Sutton 

A Winstanley(6) 

M Cripsey 

Grant date 
24-Dec-18 

Equity Vehicle 
Options(3) 

4-Jun-18 

24-Dec-18 

29-Jan-18 

24-Dec-18 

21-Dec-17 

22-Dec-16(5) 

   5-Jan-16 

24-Dec-18 

25-Jun-18 

21-Dec-17 

22-Dec-16 

Rights 

Options(3) 

Rights 
Options(3) 

Rights 

Rights 

Rights 

Options(3) 

Rights 

Rights 

Rights 

Maximum total 
value of grant 
yet to be 
expensed(1)  
$ 
612,908 

Forfeited 
% 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

100% 

- 

- 

- 

- 

110,555 

208,827 

54,138 

253,857 

37,054 

3,570 

 - 

208,827 

30,708 

19,891 

2,292 

Vested 
% 
- 

33% 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

33% 

- 

- 

(1)  This represents the maximum remaining accounting value of the LTI plan awards (rights and options) as at their grant date. 
(2)  Mr King was appointed as CEO and Managing Director on 4 June 2018. The performance rights referred to in this table were 

rights granted upon his appointment. These rights vest monthly over the period 4 June 2018 to 4 June 2021. 

(3)  Performance options granted on 24 December 2018 will expire on 24 December 2022. 
(4)  Mr Chadwick was appointed as Chief Financial Officer on 29 January 2018, and was granted performance rights upon his 

appointment.  

(5)  The grants under the FY2017 LTI plan will be tested for vesting following the release of the FY2019 results and details disclosed 

in the FY2020 Remuneration Report. 

(6)  Mr Winstanley was appointed as Chief Merchandise Officer on 25 June 2018. The performance rights referred to in this table 

were rights granted upon his appointment. These rights vest monthly over the period 25 June 2018 to 25 June 2021.  

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
46

REMUNERATION REPORT 
R EMUN E R AT I O N R E P O R T
Continued 
Continued

7.5  TRANSACTIONS WITH KMP 

Mr King is a director of Raging Bull Group Limited and has a relevant interest in 20 percent of the shares. During the period ended 27 
July 2019, Myer Pty Ltd placed orders for apparel totalling $0.5m with Raging Bull Leisure Limited, whose ultimate parent is Raging Bull 
Group Limited.   

The order has been placed on an arm’s length basis under a standard wholesale agreement. As at 27 July 2019, the apparel product 
ordered had not been received and no payment had been made. 

8.  EQUITY  

The number of rights and options over ordinary shares in the Company held during the financial period by Executive KMP of the 
Company, including their personally related parties, are set out below. No rights or options over ordinary shares are held by Non-
Executive Directors. 

Opening balance 

Granted as 
compensation 

Exercised 

Lapsed 

Closing balance 

   Options 

Rights 

Options 

Rights  Options 

Rights  Options 

Rights 

Options 

Rights 

2019 

J King 

-  2,432,432  9,032,258 

N Chadwick 

- 

681,818  3,077,420 

A Sutton 

-  1,209,471  2,554,838 

A Winstanley 

- 

555,555  3,077,420 

Former Disclosed Executive KMP   
M Cripsey(1) 

554,545 

- 

R Umbers(2) 

G Devonport(3) 

-  3,383,936 

- 

858,695 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

2018 

J King 

N Chadwick 

M Cripsey 

A Sutton 

A Winstanley 

- 

- 

- 

834,471 

- 

-  2,432,432 

- 

- 

 - 

 - 

681,818 

554,545 

600,000 

555,555 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(173,913) 

- 

- 

- 

 - 

 - 

(19,825) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

 - 

 - 

-  9,032,258  2,432,432 

-  3,077,420 

681,818 

(313,042)  2,554,838 

896,429 

-  3,077,420 

555,555 

(323,485) 

(3,383,936) 

(684,782) 

- 

- 

- 

(205,175) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

231,060 

- 

- 

-  2,432,432 

- 

- 

681,818 

554,545 

 -  1,209,471 

 - 

555,555 

Former Disclosed Executive KMP  

R Umbers 

2,316,322 

 -  1,636,363 

 - 

(295,099) 

 - 

(273,650) 

 -  3,383,936 

G Devonport 
 - 
(1)  Mr Cripsey's performance rights relate only to the time he was considered as Executive KMP. 
(2)  Mr Umbers stepped down as CEO and Managing Director on 14 February 2018, and is no longer considered Executive KMP 

 -  1,281,818 

(2,021,019) 

1,597,896 

 - 

 - 

- 

858,695 

from this date. The performance rights held by Mr Umbers lapsed when his notice period concluded on 31 July 2018.  

(3)  Mr Devonport stepped down as Chief Financial Officer on 28 January 2018 and is no longer considered Executive KMP from this 

date. A portion of the performance rights referred to in this table held by Mr Devonport, granted on 5 January 2016, were linked 
to his continuous service, these rights vested in FY2019. All other rights were forfeited. 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
REMUNERATION REPORT 
R EMUN E R AT I O N R E P O R T
Continued 
Continued

47

The number of shares in the Company held during the financial period by each director of the Company and other Executive KMP of 
the Company, including their personally related parties are set out below. There were no shares granted during the reporting period as 
compensation.  

Opening balance 

Received on exercise 
of rights and/or 
options to shares 

Other changes 
during the year 

Closing balance 

2019 

Directors 

G Hounsell  

I Cornell(1) 

J Morrison 

J Stephenson 

D Whittle 

L Cattermole AM 

J Naylor 

Former Directors  
C Froggatt(2) 
B Thorn(3) 

Executive KMP  

J King 

N Chadwick 

A Sutton 

A Winstanley 

Former Disclosed Executive KMP 
M Cripsey(4) 

2018 

Directors 

G Hounsell  

I Cornell 

C Froggatt 

J Morrison 

J Stephenson 

B Thorn 

D Whittle 

Executive KMP 

J King 

N Chadwick 

M Cripsey 

A Sutton 

A Winstanley 

1,000,000 

266,000 

89,788 

95,000 

12,345 

 - 

 - 

24,056 

225,400 

50,000 

50,000 

- 

- 

- 

- 

16,000 

24,056 

- 

- 

225,400 

12,345 

- 

- 

- 

11,145 

- 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

19,825 

 - 

Former Disclosed Executive KMP 
R Umbers(5) 

326,847 

295,099 

 - 

 - 

35,000 

 -  

54,321 

659,996 

 - 

-  

-  

350,000 

150,000 

-  

200,000 

1,000,000 

266,000 

124,788 

95,000 

66,666 

659,996 

 -  

-  

- 

400,000 

200,000 

- 

200,000 

- 

- 

1,000,000 

250,000 

-  

89,788 

95,000 

-  

-  

50,000 

50,000 

- 

(30,970) 

 - 

 - 

1,000,000 

266,000 

24,056 

89,788 

95,000 

225,400 

12,345 

50,000 

50,000 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

G Devonport(6) 
(1)  Mr Cornell will retire as Non-Executive Director on 30 October 2019. 
(2)  Ms Froggatt retired as Non-Executive Director on 30 November 2018. Her holdings for the end of the period have not been 

252,000 

- 

- 

reported in the table above.  

(3)  Mr Thorn retired as Non-Executive Director on 24 February 2019. His holdings for the end of the period have not been reported 

in the table above. 

(4)  Mr Cripsey stepped down as Executive KMP on 31 October 2018. His holdings for the end of the period have not been reported 

in the table above.  

(5)  Mr Umbers stepped down as CEO and Managing Director on 14 February 2018, and his notice period concluded on 31 July 

2018. His holdings for the end of the period have not been reported in the table above.  

(6)  Mr Devonport stepped down as Chief Financial Officer on 28 January 2018 and his notice period concluded on 21 March 2018. 

His holdings for the end of the period have not been reported in the table above.  

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
48

9. 

LOANS  

REMUNERATION REPORT 
R EMUN E R AT I O N R E P O R T
Continued 
Continued

There were no loans made to Executive KMP or entities related to them, including their personally related parties, or other transactions 
at any time during FY2018 or FY2019.  

10.  DEALING IN SECURITIES 

Under the Securities Dealing Policy, directors and senior Executives are prohibited from entering into hedging arrangements with 
respect to the Company’s securities. A copy of the Securities Dealing Policy is available on the Myer Investor Centre website. 

 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the period ended 27 July 2019
FIN A NCI A L  S TATEMENT S
for the period ended 27 July 2019

49

Contents

Consolidated income statement
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
Consolidated balance sheet
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
Consolidated statement of cash flows

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

A. Group performance
A1  Segment information
A2  Revenue
A3  Expenses
A4  Income tax
A5  Earnings per share

B. Working capital
B1  Trade and other receivables and prepayments
B2  Inventories
B3  Trade and other payables

C. Capital employed
C1  Property, plant and equipment
C2  Intangible assets
C3  Provisions
C4  Deferred income

D. Net debt
D1  Cash and cash equivalents
D2  Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities
D3  Borrowings

E. Risk management
E1  Financial risk management

F. Equity
F1  Contributed equity
F2  Accumulated losses and reserves
F3  Dividends

G. Group structure
G1  Subsidiaries
G2  Deed of cross guarantee
G3  Parent entity financial information

H. Other financial information
H1  Contingencies
H2  Commitments
H3  Related party transactions
H4  Share-based payments
H5  Remuneration of auditors
H6  Events occurring after the reporting period

I. Other accounting policies

50

51

52

53

54

55
55
56
57
58

59
59
59

60
61
63
64

65
65
66

67

73
74
75

76
77
79

80
80
81
81
83
83

84

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW50

CO N S O L I D AT E D  I N CO M E   S TAT EM E N T
for the period ended 27 July 2019

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
for the period ended 27 July 2019

Total sales
Concession sales
Sale of goods
Sales revenue deferred under customer loyalty program
Revenue from sale of goods
Other operating revenue
Cost of goods sold 
Operating gross profit 
Selling expenses 
Administration expenses 
Restructuring and store exit costs, onerous lease expense and impairment of assets
Earnings/(loss) before interest and tax 
Finance revenue 
Finance costs 
Net finance costs
Profit/(loss) before income tax 
Income tax (expense)/benefit
Profit/(loss) for the period attributable to owners of Myer Holdings Limited

Earnings/(loss) per share attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the Company:
Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share

The above consolidated income statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

2019 
52 weeks
$'000
2,991,795
(612,193)
2,379,602
(34,545)
2,345,057
153,576
(1,336,194)
1,162,439
(822,832)
(281,109)
(12,458)
46,040
556
(12,081)
(11,525)
34,515
(10,041)
24,474

Cents
3.0
3.0

2018 
52 weeks
$'000
3,100,554
(653,983)
2,446,571
(36,583)
2,409,988
162,299
(1,387,903)
1,184,384
(831,192)
(297,765)
(541,190)
(485,763)
397
(9,471)
(9,074)
(494,837)
8,835
(486,002)

Cents
(59.2)
(59.2)

Notes
A2

A2

A2
A2

A3

A2
A3

A4

A5
A5

      
        
        
          
      
        
          
            
      
        
         
           
     
       
      
        
        
          
        
          
          
          
           
          
                
                  
          
              
          
              
           
          
          
               
           
          
                 
                
                 
                
CO N S O L I D AT E D S TAT EM E N T  O F  CO MP R E H E N S I V E  I N CO M E
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
for the period ended 27 July 2019
for the period ended 27 July 2019

51

Profit/(loss) for the period
Other comprehensive income/(loss)
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss:

Cash flow hedges
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the period, net of tax
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the period attributable to owners of Myer Holdings Limited

Notes

F2
F2

2019 
52 weeks
$'000
24,474

(1,920)
(484)
(2,404)
22,070

2018 
52 weeks
$'000
(486,002)

13,552
(439)
13,113
(472,889)

The above consolidated statement of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW           
          
            
             
               
                 
            
             
           
          
52

CO N S O L I D AT E D  B A L A N C E  S H E E T
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
as at 27 July 2019
as at 27 July 2019

ASSETS
Current assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables and prepayments
Inventories
Derivative financial instruments
Total current assets
Non-current assets 
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Derivative financial instruments
Other non-current assets
Total non-current assets
Total assets
LIABILITIES
Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Provisions
Deferred income
Derivative financial instruments 
Current tax liabilities
Other liabilities
Total current liabilities
Non-current liabilities 
Borrowings 
Provisions
Deferred income
Deferred tax liabilities
Derivative financial instruments 
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets
EQUITY 
Contributed equity
Accumulated losses
Reserves
Total equity

The above consolidated balance sheet should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

Notes

2019 
$'000

2018 
$'000

D1
B1
B2
E1

C1
C2
E1

B3
C3
C4
E1

D3
C3
C4
A4
E1

F1
F2
F2

47,450
31,114
346,940
5,688
431,192

383,487
467,604
101
4,228
855,420
1,286,612

372,653
64,386
8,295
132
5,280
373
451,119

86,134
12,273
80,158
54,869
3
233,437
684,556
602,056

41,793
26,616
366,839
6,725
441,973

424,076
485,151
269
1,529
911,025
1,352,998

381,156
70,007
10,294
64
4,321
472
466,314

149,165
11,856
80,629
60,981
64
302,695
769,009
583,989

738,759
(138,641)
1,938
602,056

739,020
(160,282)
5,251
583,989

           
             
           
             
         
           
             
               
         
           
         
           
         
           
                
                  
             
               
         
           
      
        
         
           
           
             
             
             
                
                    
             
               
                
                  
         
           
           
           
           
             
           
             
           
             
                    
                    
         
           
         
           
         
           
         
           
        
          
             
               
         
           
CO N S O L I D AT E D S TAT EM E N T O F   C H A N G E S  I N  EQ U I T Y
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 
for the period ended 27 July 2019
for the period ended 27 July 2019

53

Balance as at 29 July 2017
Net loss for the period
Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the period
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the period
Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:

Acquisition of treasury shares
Dividends paid
Employee share schemes

Balance as at 28 July 2018
Adjustment on initial application of AASB 15, net of tax
Restated balance as at 29 July 2018
Net profit for the period
Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the period
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the period
Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:

Acquisition of treasury shares
Employee share schemes

Balance as at 27 July 2019

Notes

 Contributed 
equity 
$'000

739,329

F1
F3
F2

I

F1
F2

-
-
-

(309)
-
-
(309)
739,020

-

739,020

-
-
-

(261)
-
(261)
738,759

 Accumulated 
losses 
$'000

342,146
(486,002)

-

(486,002)

-
(16,426)
-
(16,426)
(160,282)
(2,833)
(163,115)
24,474
-
24,474

-
-
-

(138,641)

 Reserves 

$'000

(8,607)
-
13,113
13,113

-
-
745
745
5,251
-
5,251
-
(2,404)
(2,404)

-
(909)
(909)
1,938

 Total 
$'000

1,072,868
(486,002)
13,113
(472,889)

(309)
(16,426)
745
(15,990)
583,989
(2,833)
581,156
24,474
(2,404)
22,070

(261)
(909)
(1,170)
602,056

The above consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW            
              
            
        
                    
             
                 
          
                    
                      
           
             
                    
             
           
          
                  
                      
                 
                 
                    
               
                 
            
                    
                      
                
                  
                  
               
                
            
            
             
             
           
                    
                 
                 
              
            
             
             
           
                    
                
                 
             
                    
                      
            
              
                    
                
            
             
                  
                      
                 
                 
                    
                      
               
                 
                  
                      
               
              
            
             
             
           
54

CO N S O L I D AT E D  S TAT EM E N T  O F  C A S H  FL O W S
for the period ended 27 July 2019

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
for the period ended 27 July 2019

Cash flows from operating activities 
Receipts from customers (inclusive of goods and services tax)
Payments to suppliers and employees (inclusive of goods and services tax)

Interest paid
Tax paid
Net cash inflow from operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Payments for property, plant and equipment
Payments for intangible assets
Lease incentives and contributions received
Interest received 
Net cash outflow from investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities 
Proceeds from/(repayment of) borrowings, net of transaction costs
Dividends paid to equity holders of the parent
Payment for acquisition of treasury shares 
Other
Net cash outflow from financing activities
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the financial period
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

2019 
52 weeks
$'000

2,769,783
(2,631,291)
138,492
(9,815)
(13,598)
115,079

(35,647)
(17,020)
7,971
556
(44,140)

(64,915)
-
(261)
(106)
(65,282)
5,657
41,793
47,450

2018 
52 weeks
$'000

2,857,300
(2,726,701)
130,599
(9,097)
(12,301)
109,201

(42,990)
(48,313)
4,455
411
(86,437)

5,000
(16,426)
(309)
173
(11,562)
11,202
30,591
41,793

D2

F3
F1

D1

The above consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

      
        
     
       
         
           
            
              
          
            
         
           
          
            
          
            
             
               
                
                  
          
            
          
               
                 
            
               
                 
               
                  
          
            
             
             
           
             
           
             
N OT E S TO  T HE CO N S O L I D AT E D F I N A N C I A L S TAT EM E N T S
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the period ended 27 July 2019
for the period ended 27 July 2019

55

A.   GROUP PERFORMANCE
This section provides additional information regarding lines in the financial statements that are most relevant to explaining the performance of the 
Group during the period, including the applicable accounting policies applied and significant estimates and judgements made. 

A1  SEGMENT INFORMATION

Management has determined the operating segments based on the reports reviewed by the Chief Executive Officer that are used to make strategic 
decisions about the allocation of resources.

The Chief Executive Officer considers the business based on total store and product portfolio, and has identified that the Group operates in Australia in 
the department store retail segment.

The Group also undertakes activities outside the department store retail business through its subsidiaries: sass & bide and Marcs and David 
Lawrence. On the basis that these subsidiaries represent less than 10% of the total Group's operations and have similar economic characteristics to 
the department store retail business, they have not been disclosed as separate reporting segments.

Accounting policy
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker. The chief operating 
decision maker, who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating segments, has been identified as the Chief 
Executive Officer.

A2  REVENUE

Sales revenue
Total sales
Concession sales
Sale of goods
Sales revenue deferred under customer loyalty program
Revenue from sale of goods

Other operating revenue
Concessions revenue
Other1

Finance revenue
Interest revenue
Total revenue

2019 
52 weeks
$'000

2,991,795
(612,193)
2,379,602
(34,545)
2,345,057

2018 
52 weeks
$'000

3,100,554
(653,983)
2,446,571
(36,583)
2,409,988

136,815

16,761
153,576

146,331

15,968
162,299

556
2,499,189

397
2,572,684

1. Other includes revenue in relation to gift card non-redemption income, forfeited lay-by deposits and financial services income. 

Accounting policy
Total sales value presented in the income statement represents proceeds from sale of goods (both from the Group and concession operators) and 
prior to the deferral of revenue under the Myer customer loyalty program. Concession sales presented in the income statement represents the sales 
proceeds of concession operators within Myer stores. Total sales value is disclosed to show the total sales generated by the Group and provide a 
basis of comparison with similar department stores.

Revenue from sale of goods, excluding lay-by transactions, is recognised when the performance obligation has been fulfilled, which is principally at the 
point of sale after deducting taxes paid, and does not include concession sales. Goods are sold to the end customer with a right of return within a 
reasonable period at the Group’s discretion and in accordance with legislative requirements. A refund liability (included in trade and other payables) 
and a right to returned goods (included in trade and other receivables) are recognised for the goods expected to be returned, with a corresponding 
adjustment to revenue from sale of goods and cost of goods sold. The assumptions and the estimated amount of returns are based on historical 
evidence and are reassessed at the end of each reporting period. Revenue from lay-by transactions is recognised as part of revenue from sale of 
goods at the date upon which the customer satisfies all payment obligations and control of the goods has transferred to the customer.

Revenue from sale of goods excludes concession sales in Myer stores on the basis that the inventory sold is owned by the concession operator at the 
time of sale and not the Group. The Group's share of concession sales is recognised as revenue within other operating revenue at the time the sale is 
made. 

Gift cards are considered a prepayment for goods or services to be delivered in the future, which creates a performance obligation for the Group. The 
Group recognises a liability for the amount received in advance for the gift card and recognises revenue when the customer redeems the gift card and 
the Group fulfils the performance obligation related to the transaction. The Group recognises revenue on the unredeemed value of gift cards and 
rewards cards (under the Myer one loyalty program), referred to as non-redemption income. The Group recognises the expected non-redemption 
amount as revenue in proportion to the pattern in which the gift card or reward card is utilised by the customer.

Interest revenue is recognised on a time proportion basis using the effective interest method.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements – customer loyalty program
The Group operates a loyalty program where customers accumulate award points for purchases made which entitle them to discounts on future 
purchases. The award points are recognised as a separately identifiable component of the initial sale transaction, by allocating the fair value of the 
consideration received between the award points and the other components of the sale such that the award points are recognised at their fair value.  
Revenue from the award points is recognised when the points are redeemed. The amount of revenue recognised is based on the number of points 
redeemed relative to the total number expected to be redeemed. Award points expire 24 months after the initial sale.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW      
        
        
          
      
        
          
            
      
        
         
           
           
             
         
           
                
                  
      
        
56

N OT E S TO T HE CO N S O L I D AT E D  F I N A N C I A L  S TAT EM E N T S
for the period ended 27 July 2019

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the period ended 27 July 2019

A3  EXPENSES

Profit/(loss) before income tax includes the following specific expenses:
Employee benefits expenses
Defined contribution superannuation expense
Other employee benefits expenses
Total employee benefits expenses
Depreciation, amortisation and write-off expense
Finance costs
Interest and finance charges paid/payable
Fair value losses on interest rate swap cash flow hedges, transferred from equity
Finance costs expensed
Rental expense relating to operating leases
Minimum lease payments
Contingent rentals
Total rental expense relating to operating leases
Net foreign exchange gains

Restructuring and store exit costs, onerous lease expense and impairment of assets
The following individually significant items are included within restructuring and store exit costs, onerous lease 
expense and impairment of assets in the consolidated income statement:

Restructuring and redundancy costs1
Store exit costs/(reversals) and other asset impairments2
Impairment of assets3
Support office onerous lease expense and impairment of assets4

Income tax benefit5
Restructuring and store exit costs, onerous lease expense and impairment of assets, net of tax  

2019 
52 weeks
$'000

2018 
52 weeks
$'000

36,543
408,229
444,772
101,589

12,012
69
12,081

225,965
2,303
228,268
(6,301)

7,775

(786)

-
5,469
12,458
(3,737)
8,721

38,044
424,178
462,222
94,006

8,743
728
9,471

229,075
2,712
231,787
(12,085)

9,224

7,480

524,486

-

541,190
(22,713)
518,477

1. The Group has completed several restructuring programs during the period resulting in redundancy and other costs being incurred or committed but 
not yet paid. Refer to note C3 for more information. 

2. Store exit costs/(reversals) and other asset impairments includes net costs associated with space hand backs to be completed at the Myer Cairns 
and Belconnen stores, with a reversal of the Belconnen store exit cost amount recognised in 2018, as the store was announced for closure but is now 
remaining open with a space hand back to be completed. (2018: net costs associated with the announcement of closures at the Myer Colonnades, 
Belconnen and Hornsby stores and space optimisation). Refer to note C1 and C3 for more information. 

3. In 2018, the Group recognised an impairment of the Myer goodwill and brand name, an impairment of the Mt Gravatt store's plant and equipment 
assets, and an impairment of support office software assets. Refer to note C2 for more information.  

4. The Group recognised a $4.2 million onerous lease provision relating to surplus space identified at the support office due to restructuring completed. 
This provision expense was partially offset by the write-back of the fixed lease rental increase provision and deferred income associated with this 
space. The assets associated with this surplus space were impaired and included in this amount. Refer to note C1 and C3 for more information.

5. In 2018, the income tax benefit included a $15.1 million benefit relating to the unwind of the deferred tax liability as a result of the impairment of the 
Myer brand name. Refer to note C2 for more information.

Accounting policy
The expenses disclosed above are also disclosed in the following sections of the financial statements:
  •   Employee benefits expenses – refer to note C3
  •   Depreciation and amortisation expense – refer to note C1 and C2
  •   Finance costs – refer to note D3 and E1
  •   Rental expense relating to operating leases – refer to note H2
  •   Net foreign exchange gains – refer to note F2

Individually Significant Items 
Certain items have been separately disclosed and presented as individually significant based on the nature and/or impact these items have on the 
Group’s financial performance for the period. 

           
             
         
           
         
           
         
             
           
               
                  
                  
           
               
         
           
             
               
         
           
            
            
             
               
               
               
                 
           
             
                   
           
           
            
            
             
           
N OT E S TO  T HE CO N S O L I D AT E D F I N A N C I A L S TAT EM E N T S
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the period ended 27 July 2019
for the period ended 27 July 2019

57

A4  INCOME TAX

(a) Income tax expense/(benefit)

(i) Income tax expense/(benefit)
Current tax
Deferred tax
Income tax expense/(benefit)1

Deferred income tax expense included in income tax expense/(benefit) comprises:
(Increase)/Decrease in deferred tax assets 
Increase/(Decrease) in deferred tax liabilities 

(ii) Numerical reconciliation of income tax expense to prima facie tax payable
Profit/(loss) before income tax expense/(benefit) 
Tax at the Australian tax rate of 30% (2018: 30%)
Tax effect of amounts which are not deductible (taxable) in calculating taxable income:

Non-deductible asset impairments 
Sundry items

Adjustments for current tax of prior periods

Income tax expense/(benefit)1

2019 
52 weeks
$'000

2018 
52 weeks
$'000

14,678
(4,637)
10,041

(5,570)
933
(4,637)

34,515
10,355

-
(55)
10,300
(259)
10,041

14,596
(23,431)
(8,835)

(7,623)
(15,808)
(23,431)

(494,837)
(148,451)

139,593
27
(8,831)
(4)
(8,835)

1. Income tax includes an income tax benefit of $3.7 million (2018: $22.7 million) attributable to the restructuring and store exit costs, onerous lease 
expense and impairment of assets recorded during the period. Refer to note A3 for more information.  

(b) Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax assets comprise temporary differences attributable to:
Employee benefits
Non-employee provisions and accruals
Amortising deductions
Property, plant, equipment and software
Trading stock
Tax losses
Total deferred tax assets
Set off of deferred tax assets pursuant to set off provisions 
Net deferred tax assets

Movement
Carrying amount at beginning of period
Adjustment on initial application of AASB 15
Credited/(charged) to income statement 
Credited/(charged) to other comprehensive income
Carrying amount at end of period

(c) Deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax liabilities comprise temporary differences attributable to:
Brand names
Deferred income
Sundry items
Total deferred tax liabilities
Set off of deferred tax assets pursuant to set off provisions 
Net deferred tax liabilities

Movement
Carrying amount at beginning of period
Charged/(credited) to income statement 
Charged/(credited) to other comprehensive income
Carrying amount at end of period

2019 
$'000

2018 
$'000

14,576
15,918
962
19,370
6,391
700
57,917
(57,917)
-

51,107
1,215
5,570
25
57,917

107,330
4,991
465
112,786
(57,917)
54,869

112,088
933
(235)
112,786

15,184
12,729
1,626
13,936
6,894
738
51,107
(51,107)
-

43,432
-
7,623
52
51,107

107,330
4,012
746
112,088
(51,107)
60,981

128,006
(15,808)
(110)
112,088

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW           
             
            
            
           
              
            
              
                
            
            
            
           
          
           
          
                 
           
                 
                    
           
              
               
                     
           
              
           
             
           
             
                
               
           
             
             
               
                
                  
           
             
          
            
                 
                   
           
             
             
                   
             
               
                  
                    
           
             
         
           
             
               
                
                  
         
           
          
            
           
             
         
           
                
            
               
                 
         
           
58

N OT E S TO T HE CO N S O L I D AT E D  F I N A N C I A L  S TAT EM E N T S
for the period ended 27 July 2019

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the period ended 27 July 2019

A4  INCOME TAX (CONTINUED)

Accounting policy
The income tax expense or revenue for the period is the tax payable on the current period’s taxable income based on the national income tax rate 
adjusted by changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their 
carrying amounts in the financial statements, and to unused tax losses.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised for temporary differences at the tax rates expected to apply when the assets are recovered or 
liabilities are settled, based on those tax rates which are enacted or substantively enacted. The relevant tax rates are applied to the cumulative 
amounts of deductible and taxable temporary differences to measure the deferred tax asset or liability.  An exemption is made for certain temporary 
differences if they arise in a transaction, other than a business combination, that at the time of the transaction did not affect accounting profit or 
taxable profit or loss. Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible temporary differences and unused tax losses only if it is probable that future 
taxable amounts will be available to utilise those temporary differences and losses.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities and when the deferred 
tax balances relate to the same taxation authority. Current tax assets and tax liabilities are offset where the entity has a legally enforceable right to 
offset and intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Current and deferred tax balances attributable to amounts recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity are also recognised directly 
in other comprehensive income or equity.

Goods and Services Tax (GST)
Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of associated GST, unless the GST incurred is not recoverable from the taxation 
authority. In this case it is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense.

Receivables and payables are stated inclusive of the amount of GST receivable or payable. The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, 
the taxation authority is included with other receivables or payables in the balance sheet.

Cash flows are presented on a gross basis. The GST components of cash flows arising from investing or financing activities, which are recoverable 
from, or payable to, the taxation authority, are presented as operating cash flow.

A5  EARNINGS PER SHARE

(a) Basic earnings per share
Total basic earnings per share attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the Company

(b) Diluted earnings per share
Total diluted earnings per share attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the Company

(c) Reconciliation of earnings used in calculating earnings per share
Earnings used in calculation of basic and diluted EPS attributable to ordinary shareholders

2019 
cents

3.0

3.0

2019 
$'000

2018 
cents

(59.2)

(59.2)

2018 
$'000

24,474

(486,002)

2019 
Number

2018 
Number

(d) Weighted average number of shares used as the denominator
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used as the denominator in calculating basic earnings per share

Adjustments for calculation of diluted earnings per share - performance rights and options

   821,026,706       821,278,815 
       5,795,213                       -   

Weighted average number of ordinary shares and potential ordinary shares used as the denominator in calculating 
diluted earnings per share

   826,821,919       821,278,815 

(e) Information concerning the classification of securities
Performance rights and options granted to employees under the Myer Long Term Incentive Plan are considered to be potential ordinary shares and 
have been included in the determination of diluted earnings per share to the extent to which they are dilutive. The performance rights and options 
granted have not been included in the determination of basic earnings per share. Details relating to performance rights and options are set out in note 
H4. All performance rights and options outstanding at period end have been included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share because no rights 
and options are considered antidilutive for the period ended 27 July 2019. 

Potential ordinary shares are treated as dilutive when, and only when, their conversion to ordinary shares decreases earnings per share or increases 
loss per share. 

Accounting policy
Basic earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to owners of the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares 
outstanding during the financial period, adjusted for bonus elements in ordinary shares issued during the period and excluding treasury shares.

Diluted earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account:

•    the after income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares; and
•    the weighted average number of additional ordinary shares that would have been outstanding assuming the conversion of all dilutive 
     potential ordinary shares.

                 
                
                 
                
           
          
N OT E S TO  T HE CO N S O L I D AT E D F I N A N C I A L S TAT EM E N T S
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the period ended 27 July 2019
for the period ended 27 July 2019

59

B.   WORKING CAPITAL
This section provides additional information regarding lines in the financial statements that are most relevant to explaining the assets used to generate 
the Group's trading performance during the period and liabilities incurred as a result, including the applicable accounting policies applied and 
significant estimates and judgements made. 

B1  TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES AND PREPAYMENTS

Trade receivables
Loss allowance

Other receivables1
Prepayments

2019 
$'000
9,512
(1,746)
7,766
11,102
12,246
23,348
31,114

2018 
$'000
4,218
(854)
3,364
9,648
13,604
23,252
26,616

1. In 2019, other receivables includes an amount for the Group’s right to returned goods, which is recognised as part of accounting for refunds in 
accordance with the transition to AASB 15. Refer to section I for more information.

Fair value and risk exposure
Due to the short term nature of these receivables, their carrying amount is assumed to approximate their fair value. The maximum exposure to credit 
risk at the end of the reporting period is the carrying amount of each class of receivables mentioned above. Information about the Group's exposure to 
credit risk, foreign currency risk and interest rate risk in relation to trade and other receivables and the Group's financial risk management policy is 
provided in note E1. 

Accounting policy
Trade receivables are non interest-bearing and are recognised initially at fair value, and subsequently at amortised cost using the effective interest 
rate method, less expected loss allowance. Cash flows relating to short term receivables are not discounted if the effect of discounting is immaterial. 

The Group applies the simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses which uses a lifetime expected loss allowance for trade receivables 
based on all possible default events over the expected life of the receivable. The amount of the impairment loss is recognised as an expense in the 
income statement. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited against expenses in the income statement.

B2  INVENTORIES

Retail inventories

2019 
$'000
346,940

2018 
$'000
366,839

Provision for write-down of inventories to net realisable value amounted to $10.5 million (2018: $12.1 million). This was recognised as an expense 
during the period and included in cost of sales in the income statement.

Accounting policy
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is determined using the weighted average cost method, after deducting any 
purchase settlement discount and including logistics expenses incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition.

Volume-related supplier rebates and supplier promotional rebates are recognised as a reduction in the cost of inventory and are recorded as a 
reduction of cost of goods sold when the inventory is sold.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements - recoverable amount of inventory
Management has assessed the value of inventory that is likely to be sold below cost using past experience and judgement on the likely sell through 
rates of various items of inventory, and booked a provision for this amount.  To the extent that these judgements and assumptions prove incorrect, the 
Group may be exposed to potential additional inventory write-downs in future periods.

B3  TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Trade payables
Other payables1

2019 
$'000
187,570
185,083
372,653

2018 
$'000
189,989
191,167
381,156

1. In 2019, other payables includes an amount for the Group’s refund liability, which is recognised as part of accounting for refunds in accordance with 
the transition to AASB 15. Refer to section I for more information.

Trade and other payables are non-interest bearing.

Accounting policy

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of financial period which are unpaid. The amounts 
are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 to 90 days of recognition. Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is 
not due within 12 months from the reporting date.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW             
               
            
                 
             
               
           
               
           
             
           
             
           
             
         
           
         
           
         
           
         
           
60

N OT E S TO T HE CO N S O L I D AT E D  F I N A N C I A L  S TAT EM E N T S
for the period ended 27 July 2019

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the period ended 27 July 2019

C.   CAPITAL EMPLOYED
This section provides additional information regarding lines in the financial statements that are most relevant to explaining the capital investment made 
that allows the Group to generate its trading performance during the period and liabilities incurred as a result, including the applicable accounting 
policies applied and significant estimates and judgements made. 

C1  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

At 29 July 2017
Cost
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
Net book amount
Period ended 28 July 2018
Carrying amount at beginning of period
Additions
Transfer between classes
Assets written off – cost
Assets written off – accumulated 
depreciation
Impairment1 
Depreciation charge
Exchange differences
Carrying amount at end of period
At 28 July 2018
Cost
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
Net book amount

Period ended 27 July 2019
Carrying amount at beginning of period
Additions
Transfer between classes
Assets written off – cost
Assets written off – accumulated 
depreciation
Impairment1 
Depreciation charge
Exchange differences
Carrying amount at end of period
At 27 July 2019
Cost
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
Net book amount

 Freehold 
land  
 $'000 

 Freehold 
buildings 
 $'000 

 Fixtures and 
fittings 
 $'000 

 Plant and 
equipment 
 $'000 

 Capital works 
in progress 
 $'000 

9,600
-
9,600

9,600
-
-
-

-

-
-
-
9,600

9,600
-
9,600

9,600
-
-
-

-

-
-
-
9,600

9,600
-
9,600

19,500
(5,446)
14,054

14,054
-
-
-

-

-
(488)
-
13,566

19,500
(5,934)
13,566

13,566
-
-
-

-

-
(488)
-
13,078

19,500
(6,422)
13,078

470,619
(305,414)
165,205

165,205
23,927
24,138
(9,666)

9,418

(6,538)
(34,672)
(60)
171,752

508,958
(337,206)
171,752

171,752
10,423
6,168
(2,936)

2,245

(3,400)
(36,531)
(40)
147,681

522,573
(374,892)
147,681

450,537
(228,976)
221,561

221,561
9,049
13,520
(26,146)

26,024

-
(29,066)
51
214,993

447,011
(232,018)
214,993

214,993
11,674
4,768
(2,538)

1,590

-
(28,146)
32
202,373

460,947
(258,574)
202,373

49,791
-
49,791

49,791
12,669
(48,295)
-

-

-
-
-
14,165

14,165
-
14,165

14,165
8,517
(11,929)
-

-

-
-

2
10,755

10,755
-
10,755

 Total 
 $'000 

1,000,047
(539,836)
460,211

460,211
45,645
(10,637)
(35,812)

35,442

(6,538)
(64,226)
(9)
424,076

999,234
(575,158)
424,076

424,076
30,614
(993)
(5,474)

3,835

(3,400)
(65,165)
(6)
383,487

1,023,375
(639,888)
383,487

1. Impairment relates to assets associated with store space hand backs and support office onerous lease provision. (2018: assets associated with 
store closures and space optimisation). Refer to note A3 for more information.  

Accounting policy
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less depreciation. Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items. 
Cost may also include transfers from equity of any gains/losses on qualifying cash flow hedges of foreign currency purchases of property, plant and 
equipment.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future 
economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. All other repairs and maintenance 
are charged to profit or loss during the financial period in which they are incurred.

Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on other assets is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost net of their residual values, over 
their estimated useful lives, as follows:

•     Buildings
•     Fixtures and fittings
•     Plant and equipment, including leasehold improvements

40 years          
3 – 12.5 years
10 – 20 years

(2018: 40 years)
(2018: 3 – 12.5 years)
(2018: 10 – 20 years)

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at the end of each reporting period.

An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated 
recoverable amount (refer to note C2).

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds with carrying amount. These are included in profit or loss.

                
              
            
              
           
        
                   
               
           
             
                 
          
                
              
            
              
           
           
                
              
            
              
           
           
                   
                    
              
                  
           
             
                   
                    
              
                
          
            
                   
                    
               
               
                 
            
                   
                    
                
                
                 
             
                   
                    
               
                      
                 
              
                   
                  
             
               
                 
            
                   
                    
                    
                       
                 
                     
                
              
            
              
           
           
                
              
            
              
           
           
                   
               
           
             
                 
          
                
              
            
              
           
           
                
              
            
              
           
           
                   
                    
              
                
             
             
                   
                    
                
                  
          
                 
                   
                    
               
                 
                 
              
                   
                    
                
                  
                 
               
                   
                    
               
                      
                 
              
                   
                  
             
               
                 
            
                   
                    
                    
                       
                    
                     
                
              
            
              
           
           
                
              
            
              
           
        
                   
               
           
             
                 
          
                
              
            
              
           
           
N OT E S TO  T HE CO N S O L I D AT E D F I N A N C I A L S TAT EM E N T S
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the period ended 27 July 2019
for the period ended 27 July 2019

61

C2  INTANGIBLE ASSETS

At 29 July 2017
Cost
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
Net book amount
Period ended 28 July 2018
Carrying amount at beginning of period
Additions
Transfer between classes
Assets written off – cost
Assets written off – accumulated amortisation
Impairment1
Amortisation charge2
Exchange differences
Carrying amount at end of period
At 28 July 2018
Cost
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
Net book amount

Period ended 27 July 2019
Carrying amount at beginning of period
Additions
Transfer between classes
Assets written off – cost
Assets written off – accumulated amortisation
Amortisation charge2
Exchange differences
Carrying amount at end of period
At 27 July 2019
Cost
Accumulated amortisation and impairment 
Net book amount

 Goodwill 
 $’000 

 Brand names 
and trademarks 
 $'000 

492,131
(27,097)
465,034

465,034

-
-
-
-

(465,034)

-
-
-

492,131
(492,131)

-

-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

492,131
(492,131)

-

437,358
(15,405)
421,953

421,953

-
-
-
-
(50,315)
-
-

371,638

437,358
(65,720)
371,638

371,638

-
-
-
-
-
-

371,638

437,358
(65,720)
371,638

 Software 
 $'000 

268,445
(169,775)
98,670

98,670
37,899
10,637
(7,200)
7,108
(4,322)
(29,318)
39
113,513

309,820
(196,307)
113,513

113,513
16,223
993
(19)
9
(34,775)
22
95,966

327,039
(231,073)
95,966

 Lease 
rights 
 $'000 

25,786
(25,786)
-

-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

 Total 
 $'000 

1,223,720
(238,063)
985,657

985,657
37,899
10,637
(7,200)
7,108
(519,671)
(29,318)
39
485,151

25,786
(25,786)
-

1,265,095
(779,944)
485,151

-
-
-
(7,535)
7,535
-
-
-

485,151
16,223
993
(7,554)
7,544
(34,775)
22
467,604

18,251
(18,251)
-

1,274,779
(807,175)
467,604

1. In 2018, impairment was recognised on the Myer goodwill and brand name. Refer below for more information.
2. Amortisation of $34.8 million (2018: $29.3 million) is included in administration and selling expenses in the income statement.

Impairment of non-financial assets

AASB 136 Impairment of Assets  requires goodwill and intangible assets with an indefinite useful life to be assessed at the end of each reporting period 
where there is any indication that an asset may be impaired. A review of indicators of impairment using both external and internal sources of 
information has been undertaken. 

The brand names arising on the acquisition of the Myer business amounting to $352.5 million (2018: $402.8 million) cannot be allocated to the Group’s 
individual cash generating units (CGU’s) (the Group’s stores), and hence has been allocated to the Myer business as a whole.

In 2018, the carrying value exceeded the recoverable amount and an impairment charge of $515.3 million was recognised in respect of goodwill 
($465.0 million) and the Myer brand name ($50.3 million). This was included within restructuring and store exit costs, onerous lease expense and 
impairment of assets in the consolidated income statement.

During the period, there were indicators of impairment due to the current market capitalisation position. As a result, the recoverable amount of the 
assets relating to this CGU were assessed using a value-in-use discounted cash flow model. This model uses cash flow projections based on financial 
forecasts approved by management covering a five-year period. Cash flows beyond five-year periods are extrapolated using a terminal growth rate. 
The key assumptions used in the model are:

Key assumption

Discount rate (pre-tax) 

2019

14.8%

2018

14.8%

Approach used to determine value
The pre-tax discount rate is sourced from observable market information and is risk-
adjusted relative to the risks associated with the net pre-tax cash flows being achieved.

Terminal growth rate 

1.7%

1.7%

Average EBITDA margin 

5.9%

5.4%

This is the weighted average growth rate used to extrapolate cash flows beyond the five-
year forecast period. 

Average annual EBITDA margin over the five-year forecast period, applied to sales 
forecast consistent with external market forecasts. The average annual EBITDA margin 
is based on external sources of information, past performance and management’s 
expectations. This assumption incorporates anticipated market conditions, sales 
channel performance, and management’s expectations of margin improvement and 
future cost saving initiatives. 

The headroom approximates 10% of the CGU's net carrying value. Given the recoverable amount is marginally above its carrying value, any adverse 
movements in key assumptions may lead to an impairment. The recoverable amount is based on operating and cashflow performance stabilising, 
however the timing of cashflow benefits arising from initiatives could be influenced by market conditions.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW            
     
              
           
        
             
         
             
          
          
            
            
                
                 
           
            
            
                
                 
           
                    
                    
                
                 
             
                    
                    
                
                 
             
                    
                    
                 
                 
              
                    
                    
                  
                 
               
           
             
                 
                 
          
                    
                    
               
                 
            
                    
                    
                       
                 
                    
                    
            
              
                 
           
            
            
              
           
        
           
             
             
          
          
                    
            
              
                 
           
                    
            
              
                 
           
                    
                    
                
                 
             
                    
                    
                     
                 
                  
                    
                    
                      
            
              
                    
                    
                         
             
               
                    
                    
               
                 
            
                    
                    
                       
                 
                    
                    
            
                
                 
           
            
            
              
           
        
           
             
             
          
          
                    
            
                
                 
           
62

N OT E S TO T HE CO N S O L I D AT E D  F I N A N C I A L  S TAT EM E N T S
for the period ended 27 July 2019

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the period ended 27 July 2019

C2  INTANGIBLE ASSETS (CONTINUED)

Impairment of non-financial assets (continued)

The recoverable amount is highly sensitive to changes in the average EBITDA margin assumption. For the recoverable amount to approximate the 
carrying value, a 30 basis points decrease in the average EBITDA margin would need to occur. Any reasonable possible change in other key 
assumptions would not result in an impairment. 

During the period, a review of the carrying value of the assets for each Myer store was undertaken and if indicators of impairment were identified, the 
recoverable amount of these store assets would be determined using a value-in-use discounted cash flow model. This model uses cash flow 
projections based on financial budgets approved by management covering a five-year period. The key assumptions in the model are consistent with 
those noted above. Based on this, no impairment was identified at a Myer store level. In 2018, the Group identified indicators of impairment in respect 
of the Mt Gravatt store and recognised an impairment of the store’s plant and equipment of $4.2 million.

Accounting policy 

(i) Impairment of assets
Goodwill and intangible assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment, or more 
frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate they might be impaired. Other non-current assets are reviewed for impairment whenever 
events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which 
the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value 
in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows 
which are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or group of assets (cash generating units). For store assets, the appropriate cash 
generating unit is an individual store. Non-financial assets other than goodwill that have previously suffered an impairment are reviewed for possible 
reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

(ii) Goodwill
Goodwill is measured as described below under business combinations. Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets. 
Goodwill is not amortised but it is tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that it might be 
impaired, and is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of 
goodwill relating to the entity sold.

(iii) Brand names and trademarks
The useful life of brands are assessed on acquisition. The brands which are not considered to have foreseeable brand maturity dates have been 
assessed as having indefinite useful lives as there is a view that there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which key brands are expected to 
generate net cash inflows for the entity. These brands are therefore not amortised. Instead, these brand names are tested for impairment annually, or 
more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might be impaired, and are carried at cost less accumulated impairment 
losses. 

Brands with a limited useful life are amortised over five years using the straight-line method and are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and 
impairment losses.

(iv) Computer software
All costs directly incurred in the purchase or development of major computer software or subsequent upgrades and material enhancements, which can 
be reliably measured and are not integral to a related asset, are capitalised as intangible assets. Direct costs may include internal payroll and on-costs 
for employees directly associated with the project. Costs incurred on computer software maintenance or during the planning phase are expensed as 
incurred. Computer software is amortised over the period of time during which the benefits are expected to arise, initially being up to 10 years. The 
assets' residual values and useful lives are reviewed annually and adjusted if appropriate, which may result in a useful life outside of this period.

(v) Lease rights
Lease rights represent the amount paid up front to take over store site leases from the existing lessee where such payments are in addition to the 
ongoing payment of normal market lease rentals. Lease rights are amortised over the term of the lease plus any renewal options reasonably certain to 
be utilised at the time of acquisition of the lease rights.

Business combinations
The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for all business combinations, regardless of whether equity instruments or other assets are 
acquired. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary comprises the fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred and 
the equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred also includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent 
consideration arrangement and the fair value of any pre-existing equity interest in the subsidiary. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. 
Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are, with limited exceptions, measured initially 
at their fair values at the acquisition date. On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree 
either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest's proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets.

The excess of the consideration transferred and the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the net identifiable 
assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If those amounts are less than the fair value of the net identifiable assets of the subsidiary acquired, the 
difference is recognised directly in profit or loss as a bargain purchase.

Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is deferred, the amounts payable in the future are discounted to their present value as at the date 
of exchange. The discount rate used is the entity's incremental borrowing rate, being the rate at which a similar borrowing could be obtained from an 
independent financier under comparable terms and conditions. Contingent consideration is classified either as equity or a financial liability. Amounts 
classified as a financial liability are subsequently remeasured to fair value with changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements - impairment
Goodwill and intangible assets that have an indefinite life are tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if there are indicators of impairment, in 
accordance with the accounting policy noted above. The recoverable amount of cash generating units have been determined at a store level. Goodwill 
and certain intangibles are tested for impairment at the level of the Group as a whole, using value-in-use calculations.

N OT E S TO  T HE CO N S O L I D AT E D F I N A N C I A L S TAT EM E N T S
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the period ended 27 July 2019
for the period ended 27 July 2019

63

C3  PROVISIONS

Current
Employee benefits
Support office onerous lease  (i)
Restructuring  (ii)
Workers' compensation  (iii)
Sales returns  (iv)
Other

Non-current
Employee benefits
Support office onerous lease  (i)
Fixed lease rental increases  (v)
Other 

2019 
$'000

2018 
$'000

45,274
2,178
4,806
10,448
-
1,680
64,386

3,312
3,499
5,406
56
12,273

47,629
818
7,775
9,959
2,216
1,610
70,007

3,151
1,513
7,139
53
11,856

(i) Support office onerous lease
The support office onerous lease provision relates to excess office space identified, due to changes completed during the period and prior periods, and 
is estimated based on the discounted future contractual cash flows under a non-cancellable lease expiring in 2022, net of future expected rental 
income. Refer to note A3 for more information.    

(ii) Restructuring 
The restructuring provision relates to redundancy costs associated with restructuring of the organisational structure and the costs associated with store 
closures and space hand backs committed but not yet paid. Refer to note A3 for more information.    

(iii) Workers' compensation
The amount represents a provision for workers' compensation claims in certain states, for which the Group is self insured.

(iv) Sales returns
In 2018, this amount represented a provision for expected sales returns under the Group’s returns policy. On initial application of AASB 15, this is 
recognised as a refund liability in trade and other payables, with a corresponding right to returned goods recognised in trade and other receivables. 
Refer to section I for more information.

(v) Fixed lease rental increases
The Group is a party to a number of leases that include fixed rental increases during their term. In accordance with AASB 117 Leases , the total rentals 
over these leases are being expensed over the lease term on a straight-line basis. The above provision reflects the difference between the future 
committed payments under these leases and the total future expense. Due to the provision for support office onerous lease recognised during the 
period, a portion of this provision has been written-back to reflect the realigned total future expense expected over the remaining lease term. Refer to 
note A3 for more information.    

Movement in provisions
Movement in each class of provision during the financial period, other than employee benefits, are set out below:

Support 
office 
onerous 

lease Restructuring
$'000
$'000

Workers' 
compensation
$'000

Sales 
returns
$'000

Fixed lease 
rental 
increases
$'000

Other
$'000

Total
$'000

2,331

7,775

9,959

2,216

7,139

1,663

31,083

-

2,331

4,164

(818)

5,677

-

7,775

2,219

(5,188)

4,806

-

9,959

3,752

(3,263)

10,448

(2,216)

-

-

(2,216)

-

-

-

-

7,139

1,663

28,867

504

(2,237)

5,406

9,282

(9,209)

1,736

19,921

(20,715)

28,073

2019 
Carrying amount at beginning 
of period
Adjustment on initial 
application of AASB 15
Restated carrying amount at 
beginning of period
Additional provisions 
recognised 
Amounts utilised
Carrying amount at end of 
period

Amounts not expected to be settled within the next 12 months
The current provision for employee benefits includes accrued annual leave and long service leave. For long service leave it covers all unconditional 
entitlements where employees have completed the required period of service. The entire annual leave amount and current portion of the long service 
leave provision is presented as current since the Group does not have an unconditional right to defer settlement for any of these obligations. However, 
based on past experience, the Group does not expect all employees to take the full amount of accrued long service leave or require payment within 
the next 12 months. The following amounts reflect leave that is not expected to be taken or paid within the next 12 months.

Current long service leave obligations expected to be settled after 12 months

2019 
$'000
19,138

2018 
$'000
19,984

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW           
             
             
                  
             
               
           
               
                 
               
             
               
           
             
             
               
             
               
             
               
                  
                    
           
             
         
                
                
                
                  
             
             
             
                   
                    
               
                      
                 
              
         
                
                
                    
                  
             
             
         
                
                
                    
                     
             
             
           
              
               
                    
                 
            
            
         
                
              
                    
                  
             
             
           
             
64

N OT E S TO T HE CO N S O L I D AT E D  F I N A N C I A L  S TAT EM E N T S
for the period ended 27 July 2019

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the period ended 27 July 2019

C3  PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)

Accounting policy
Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of 
resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount has been reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognised for future operating 
losses.

Where there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that an outflow will be required in settlement is determined by considering the class of 
obligations as a whole. A provision is recognised even if the likelihood of an outflow with respect to any one item included in the same class of 
obligations may be small.

Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the end of 
the reporting period. The discount rate used to determine the present value reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the 
risks specific to the liability.

The Group is self-insured for costs relating to workers’ compensation and general liability claims in certain states. Provisions are recognised based on 
claims reported, and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported, prior to balance date. These provisions are determined utilising an actuarially 
determined method, which is based on various assumptions including but not limited to future inflation, average claim size and claim administrative 
expenses. These assumptions are reviewed annually and any reassessment of these assumptions will affect the workers’ compensation expense.

Employee benefits

(i) Short term obligations
Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefits and annual leave expected to be settled within 12 months after the end of the period 
in which the employees render the related service are recognised in respect of employees' services up to the end of the reporting period and are 
measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled. The liability for annual leave is recognised in the provision for employee 
benefits. All other short term employee benefit obligations are presented as payables. 

(ii) Other long term employee benefit obligations
The liability for long service leave which is not expected to be settled within 12 months after the end of the period in which the employees render the 
related service is recognised in the provision for employee benefits and measured as the present value of expected future payments to be made in 
respect of services provided by employees up to the end of the reporting period using the projected unit credit method. Consideration is given to 
expected future wage and salary levels, experience of employee departures and periods of service. Expected future payments are discounted using 
market yields at the end of the reporting period on corporate bonds with terms to maturity and currency that match, as closely as possible, the 
estimated future cash outflows.

The obligations are presented as current liabilities in the balance sheet if the entity does not have an unconditional right to defer settlement for at least 
12 months after the reporting date, regardless of when the actual settlement is expected to occur.

(iii) Profit sharing and bonus plans
The Group recognises a liability and an expense for bonuses and profit sharing based on a formula that takes into consideration the profit attributable 
to the Group’s shareholders after certain adjustments. The Group recognises a provision where contractually obliged or where there is a past practice 
that has created a constructive obligation.

(iv) Termination benefits
Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated before the normal retirement date, or when an employee accepts voluntary 
redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognises termination benefits when it is demonstrably committed to either terminating the 
employment of current employees according to a detailed formal plan without possibility of withdrawal or providing termination benefits as a result of an 
offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy. Benefits falling due more than 12 months after the end of the reporting period are discounted to 
present value.

C4  DEFERRED INCOME

Current
Lease incentives and contributions
Non-current
Lease incentives and contributions

2019 
$'000

8,295

80,158
88,453

2018 
$'000

10,294

80,629
90,923

Accounting policy
A number of lease agreements for stores include cash contributions provided by the lessor for fit-outs as a lease incentive or lease contribution. The 
asset additions from the fit-outs completed are recognised as fixtures and fittings at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the asset's 
useful life. The lease incentive or lease contribution is presented as deferred income and reversed on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

             
             
           
             
           
             
N OT E S TO  T HE CO N S O L I D AT E D F I N A N C I A L S TAT EM E N T S
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the period ended 27 July 2019
for the period ended 27 July 2019

65

D.   NET DEBT
This section provides additional information regarding lines in the financial statements that are most relevant to explaining the net debt position and 
structure of the Group's borrowings for the period, which are key to financing the Group's activities both now and for the future. 

The net debt of the Group as at 27 July 2019 and 28 July 2018 is as follows: 

Total borrowings
Less: cash and cash equivalents
Net debt

The movement in net debt of the Group is as follows: 

Opening balance
Net (increase)/decrease in cash and cash equivalents
Proceeds from/(repayment of) borrowings, net of transaction costs
Other non-cash movements
Closing balance

D1  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash on hand
Cash at bank

2019 
$'000
86,134
(47,450)
38,684

107,372
(5,657)
(64,915)
1,884
38,684

2019 
$'000
2,422
45,028
47,450

2018 
$'000
149,165
(41,793)
107,372

112,776
(11,202)
5,000
798
107,372

2018 
$'000
2,745
39,048
41,793

Accounting policy
For the purpose of presentation in the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand, deposits held at call with financial 
institutions, other short term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of 
cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value, and bank overdrafts.

D2  RECONCILIATION OF CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Profit/(loss) for the period
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment, including lease incentives and contributions
Interest income
Interest expense
Share-based payments expense
Net exchange differences
Change in operating assets and liabilities

(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables and prepayments
Decrease/(increase) in inventories
(Decrease)/increase in deferred tax liabilities
(Increase)/decrease in derivative financial instruments
(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables
Increase/(decrease) in current tax payable
Increase/(decrease) in provisions
(Decrease)/increase in other liabilities
Net cash inflow from operating activities

2019 
52 weeks
$'000
24,474
94,051
(556)
1,884
(1,292)
(484)

(6,757)
21,342
(5,730)
(2,148)
(5,361)
959
(5,204)
(99)
115,079

2018 
52 weeks
$'000
(486,002)
611,526
(397)
798
982
(439)

976
8,004
(23,829)
(5,076)
9,936
2,694
(9,853)
(119)
109,201

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW           
           
          
            
           
           
         
           
            
            
          
               
             
                  
           
           
             
               
           
             
           
             
           
          
           
           
               
                 
             
                  
            
                  
               
                 
            
                  
           
               
            
            
            
              
            
               
                
               
            
              
                 
                 
         
           
66

N OT E S TO T HE CO N S O L I D AT E D  F I N A N C I A L  S TAT EM E N T S
for the period ended 27 July 2019

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the period ended 27 July 2019

D3  BORROWINGS

(a) Structure of debt
The debt funding of the Group at 27 July 2019 is a syndicated facility, which contains an amortising term loan tranche and a revolving tranche. This 
facility was established on 23 November 2018, and drawn down on 26 November 2018. As at 27 July 2019, the following amounts were drawn: 

Bank loans
Less: transaction costs
Borrowings

2019 
$'000
90,000
(3,866)
86,134

2018 
$'000
150,000
(835)
149,165

The terms and conditions of the Group's revolving cash advance facility is as follows:

Amortising term loan - Tranche A1
Revolving - Tranche B2

Amount
$90 million
$300 million

Term
2.25 years
2.25 years

Expiry date
28 February 2021
28 February 2021

1. This tranche was $100 million when the facility was established and is fully drawn during its term. The limit steps down by $10 million every six 
months from 31 March 2019. The Group has the discretion to draw Tranche B to at least the equivalent of the step downs in Tranche A at all times 
during the next 12 months. 

2. This tranche is revolving and amounts repaid may be redrawn during their term. This tranche limit steps down to $260 million from 23 May 2020 until 
expiry.

(b) Security
The syndicated facility in place at 27 July 2019 is secured. The syndicated facility is subject to various representations, undertakings, events of default 
and review events.

(c) Fair value
The fair value of existing borrowings approximates their carrying amount, as the impact of discounting is not significant.

(d) Risk exposures
Details of the Group's exposure to risks arising from borrowings are set out in note E1.

(e) Debt covenants
Under the terms of the syndicated facility, the Group is required to comply with the following financial covenants:

Net Leverage Ratio
Fixed Charge Cover Ratio (November 2018 - March 2019)
Fixed Charge Cover Ratio (April 2019 - March 2020)
Fixed Charge Cover Ratio (April 2020 - February 2021)
Minimum Shareholders' Funds

Covenant
≤ 2.25x
≥ 1.40x
≥ 1.45x
≥ 1.50x
≥ $400 million

Accounting policy
Borrowings
Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost. Any 
difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption amount is recognised in profit or loss over the period of the borrowings 
using the effective interest method. Fees paid on the establishment of loan facilities are recognised as transaction costs of the loan to the extent that it 
is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down. In this case, the fee is deferred until the draw down occurs. To the extent there is no 
evidence that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down, the fee is capitalised as a prepayment for liquidity services and amortised 
over the period of the facility to which it relates.

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after 
the reporting period.

Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs incurred for the construction of any qualifying asset are capitalised during the period of time that is required to complete and prepare 
the asset for its intended use or sale. Other borrowing costs are expensed.

           
           
            
                 
           
           
N OT E S TO  T HE CO N S O L I D AT E D F I N A N C I A L S TAT EM E N T S
for the period ended 27 July 2019
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the period ended 27 July 2019

67

E.   RISK MANAGEMENT
This section provides information relating to the Group's exposure to various financial risks, how they could affect the Group's financial position and 
performance and how these risks are managed.  

E1  FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
The Group's activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including foreign exchange and interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity 
risk. The Group's overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse 
effects on the financial performance of the Group. The Group uses derivative financial instruments such as forward foreign exchange contracts and 
interest rate swaps to hedge certain risk exposures. Derivatives are exclusively used for hedging purposes and are not used as trading or other 
speculative instruments.

The Group’s financial risk management is predominantly controlled by the centralised Group Treasury function under the Group’s financial risk 
management policies approved by the Board of Directors. The Group Treasury function is responsible for the identification and management of 
financial risks, with the co-operation of other Group functions. The Board provides written principles for overall risk management, as well as policies 
covering specific areas such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, and use of financial instruments and non-derivative financial instruments.

Where all relevant criteria are met, hedge accounting is applied to remove the accounting mismatch between the hedging instrument and the hedged 
item. This will effectively result in recognising interest expense at a fixed interest rate for the hedged floating rate borrowings and inventory at a fixed 
foreign currency rate for the hedged purchases.

Financial Instruments
The Group holds the following financial instruments, classified under the categories in the table below:

At 27 July 2019
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other financial receivables
Derivative financial instruments
Total financial assets

Financial liabilities
Trade and other financial payables1  
Long-term borrowings
Derivative financial instruments
Total financial liabilities

At 28 July 2018
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other financial receivables 
Derivative financial instruments
Total financial assets

Financial liabilities
Trade and other financial payables1  
Long-term borrowings
Derivative financial instruments
Total financial liabilities

Note

D1
B1
E1

B3
D3
E1

D1
B1
E1

B3
D3
E1

Total 
$'000

47,450
18,868
5,789
72,107

282,142
86,134
135
368,411

41,793
13,012
6,994
61,799

295,636
149,165
128
444,929

 Amortised 
cost 

 Fair value 
through OCI 

$'000

47,450
18,868
-
66,318

282,142
86,134
-

368,276

41,793
13,012
-
54,805

295,636
149,165

-

444,801

$'000

-
-
5,789
5,789

-
-
135
135

-
-
6,994
6,994

-
-
128
128

1. Trade and other financial payables comprise trade payables, other financial payables and accruals.

(a) Market risk
(i) Foreign exchange risk
The Group is exposed to foreign exchange risk when there is mismatch between the currencies in which future commercial transactions and assets 
and liabilities recognised are denominated, and the respective functional currency of the Group companies. 

The focus of the Group’s foreign exchange risk management activities is on the transaction exposures that arise on the sourcing and purchasing of 
inventory overseas, with these transactions primarily denominated in United States Dollar (USD) and some denominated in Euro (EUR). This risk is 
hedged with the objective of minimising the volatility of the Australian Dollar (AUD) cost of highly probably forecast inventory purchases.

The Group’s treasury risk management policy is to hedge forecast USD and EUR cash flows for inventory purchases, up to 18 months in advance. The 
amount of hedging required is dependent on the timing of the settlement of the forecast inventory purchases, with a higher percentage required to be 
hedged for inventory purchases with an earlier settlement.

The Group uses forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge its exposure to foreign currency risk. The Group designates the forward rate of foreign 
currency forwards to hedge its currency risk. The Group’s policy is for the critical terms of the forward foreign exchange contracts to align with the 
hedged item.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW                
           
                   
                
           
                   
                  
                 
               
                
           
               
              
         
                   
                
           
                   
                     
                 
                  
              
         
                  
                
           
                   
                
           
                   
                  
                 
               
                
           
               
              
         
                   
              
         
                   
                     
                 
                  
              
         
                  
68

N OT E S TO T HE CO N S O L I D AT E D  F I N A N C I A L  S TAT EM E N T S
for the period ended 27 July 2019

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the period ended 27 July 2019

E1  FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

(a) Market risk (continued)
(i) Foreign exchange risk (continued)
At the end of the reporting period, the Group is holding the following forward foreign exchange contracts:  

Carrying amount - Derivative Financial Instruments (Asset)
Carrying amount - Derivative Financial Instruments (Liability)
Notional amount

Maturity date

Change in fair value of the hedging instrument used as the basis for recognising hedge ineffectiveness
Change in value of hedged item used to determine hedge effectiveness
Weighted average hedged rate (AUD/USD)
Weighted average hedged rate (AUD/EUR)

Exposure
At the end of the reporting period, the Group’s exposure to foreign exchange risk, expressed in AUD, was as follows:  

2019 
$'000
5,789
69
205,112
 Aug 2019 - 
Dec 2020  
(1,198)
1,198
0.700
0.618

2018 
$'000
6,994
76
173,510
 Aug 2018 -     
Dec 2019 
15,289
(15,289)
0.741
0.626

Cash and cash equivalents
Trade receivables
Trade payables
Forward exchange contracts

USD
$'000
2,311
2
25,536
199,062

2019 

EURO
$'000
873
-
413
6,050

Other
$'000
2,513
93
98

-

USD
$'000
109
10
23,765
166,659

2018 

EURO
$'000
347
-

98
6,851

Other
$'000
1,382
-

13

-

Sensitivity 
As shown in the table above, the Group is primarily exposed to changes in USD/AUD and EUR/AUD exchange rates. The table below shows the 
impact of reasonably possible foreign exchange movements in the USD and EUR against the AUD and the effect this would have on the measurement 
of the financial instruments denominated in these currencies:

Currency
United States Dollar
United States Dollar
Euro
Euro

 Sensitivity assumption 
+10%
-10%
+10%
-10%

 Impact directly on equity  

2019 
$'000
18,735
(15,297)
1,500
(1,227)

2018 
$'000
16,866
(13,799)
1,048
(858)

(ii) Interest rate risk
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk from floating rate long-term bank borrowings. The Group’s policy is to maintain an appropriate mix between 
fixed and floating rate borrowings through the use of interest rate swap contracts. This risk is managed through the forecasting of expected borrowings 
to determine the level of exposure to floating rates. 

At the end of the reporting period, the Group is holding the following interest rate swap contracts:  

Carrying amount - Derivative Financial Instruments (Liability)
Notional amount

Maturity date

Change in fair value of the hedging instrument used as the basis for recognising hedge ineffectiveness
Change in value of hedged item used to determine hedge effectiveness
Weighted average hedged rate

2019 
$'000
66
50,000

Aug 2019

(14)
14
4.7%

2018 
$'000
52
100,000
 Aug 2018 -   
Aug 2019 

139
(139)
3.3%

             
               
                  
                    
         
           
            
             
             
            
             
               
             
               
                
                   
                
                     
                
               
                      
                    
                     
                       
                 
                   
              
                   
                     
                
                  
                    
            
                
                    
              
             
                   
              
                
             
               
                
                  
               
                    
                  
                    
           
           
                 
                  
                  
                 
N OT E S TO  T HE CO N S O L I D AT E D F I N A N C I A L S TAT EM E N T S
for the period ended 27 July 2019
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the period ended 27 July 2019

69

E1  FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

(a) Market risk (continued)

(ii) Interest rate risk (continued)
Exposure
At the end of the reporting period, the Group’s exposure to interest rate risk was as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents
Floating rate borrowings

2019 
$'000
47,450
86,134

2018 
$'000
41,793
149,165

Sensitivity
The table below shows the impact if the Group’s period end floating interest rates changed, with all other variables held constant:   

Interest rate - increase 10%
Interest rate - decrease 10%

 Impact on post                             

 Impact directly                       

tax profit 

on equity 

2019 
$'000
(45)
45

2018 
$'000
(68)
68

2019 
$'000
-
-

2018 
$'000
(96)
96

This assumes that the change in interest rates is effective from the beginning of the financial period and the net debt position and fixed/floating mix is 
constant over the period. However, interest rates and the debt profile of the Group are unlikely to remain constant and therefore the above sensitivity 
analysis will be subject to change.

(iii) Hedge ineffectiveness
Hedge ineffectiveness is determined at the inception of the hedge relationship, and through periodic prospective effectiveness assessments to ensure 
that an economic relationship exists between the hedged item and hedging instrument.

For hedges of foreign currency purchases, the group enters into hedge relationships where the critical terms of the hedging instrument match exactly 
with the terms of the hedged item. The Group therefore performs a qualitative assessment of effectiveness. If changes in circumstances affect the 
terms of the hedged item such that the critical terms no longer match exactly with the critical terms of the hedging instrument, the Group uses the 
hypothetical derivative method to assess effectiveness.

The Group enters into interest rate swaps that have similar critical terms as the hedged item, such as reference rate, payment dates, maturities and 
notional amount. The Group does not hedge 100% of its loans, therefore the hedged item is identified as the proportion of the outstanding loans up to 
the notional amount of the swaps. As all critical terms matched during the period, the economic relationship was 100% effective.

(b) Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations under a financial instrument or customer contract, leading to a financial loss. This 
arises primarily from the following assets: cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables and derivative financial instruments.

Group Treasury manages credit risk from banks and financial institutions, in accordance with Board approved policy. The policy is to limit the Group’s 
loss from default by any one counterparty by dealing only with banks and financial institution counterparties whose long-term credit rating is at or 
above an 'A' rating.

Trade and other receivables balances outstanding with third parties are primarily ad-hoc in nature and the credit quality of the third party is assessed 
by taking into account its financial position, past experience and other relevant factors.

Sales to retail customers are primarily required to be settled in cash or using major credit cards, mitigating credit risk. There are no significant 
concentrations of credit risk, whether through exposure to individual customers, specific industry sectors and/or regions.

Exposure
At the end of the reporting period, the maximum credit risk exposure is the carrying value of the financial assets below:

Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other financial receivables
Derivative financial instruments - assets

2019 
$'000
47,450
18,868
5,789

2018 
$'000
41,793
13,012
6,994

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW           
             
           
           
                    
                      
                 
                   
                     
                       
                 
                    
           
             
           
             
             
               
70

N OT E S TO T HE CO N S O L I D AT E D  F I N A N C I A L  S TAT EM E N T S
for the period ended 27 July 2019

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the period ended 27 July 2019

E1  FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

(b) Credit risk (continued)
Trade and other receivables 
The Group applies the AASB 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses, which uses a lifetime expected loss allowance for all trade 
and other receivables. 

To measure the expected credit losses, trade and other receivables have been grouped based on shared credit risk characteristics and the days past 
due. The expected credit loss rates are based on historical observed default rates, adjusted to reflect current and forward looking information on 
macroeconomic factors affecting the ability of customers to settle the receivables.

The difference between the expected loss allowance under AASB 9 compared to the provision for doubtful debt under AASB 139 is not material to the 
Group. Refer to note B1 for more information.

Trade receivables are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Indicators that there is no reasonable expectation of recovery 
include, amongst others, the failure of a debtor to engage in a repayment plan with the Group.

(c) Liquidity risk

The Group adopts a prudent liquidity risk management strategy by seeking to maintain sufficient cash and availability of funding through an adequate 
amount of committed credit facilities to meet financial obligations as and when they fall due. The Group’s objective is to maintain flexibility in funding 
given the seasonal nature of the retail business.

The Group monitors forecast and actual cash flows and performs sensitivity analysis, to ensure at all times there is an appropriate minimum level of 
liquidity available through committed undrawn borrowing facilities and cash and cash equivalents. 

Financing arrangements
The Group had access to the following undrawn borrowing facilities at the end of the reporting period:

Floating rate
Expiring within one year (revolving cash advance facility)
Expiring beyond one year (revolving cash advance facility)

Refer to note D3 for more information. 

2019 
$'000

-

300,000
300,000

2018 
$'000

-

270,000
270,000

Maturities of financial liabilities
The tables below analyse the Group's financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on their contractual maturities for:
(a)   all non-derivative financial liabilities; and
(b)   net and gross settled derivative financial instruments for which the contractual maturities are essential for an understanding of the 
       timing of the cash flows.
The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows. Balances due within 12 months equal their carrying amounts as the 
impact of discounting is not significant. For interest rate swaps, the cash flows have been estimated using forward interest rates applicable at the end 
of the reporting period.

Contractual maturities of 
financial liabilities

Less than
 6 months

6 - 12
months

Between 
1 and 2
years

Between 
2 and 5 
years

Over 5
years

Total
contractual
cash flows

$'000

$'000

$'000

$'000

$'000

$'000

Carrying 
amount
(assets)/
liabilities
$'000

2019 
Non-derivatives
Non-interest bearing
Variable rate
Total non-derivatives
Derivatives
Net settled (interest rate 
swaps)
Gross settled
- (inflow)
- outflow
Total derivatives
2018 
Non-derivatives
Non-interest bearing
Variable rate
Total non-derivatives
Derivatives
Net settled (interest rate 
swaps)
Gross settled
- (inflow)
- outflow
Total derivatives

282,142
11,736
293,878

-
11,376
11,376

-
70,649
70,649

66

-

-

(104,684)
100,851
(3,767)

295,636
101,294
396,930

(83,567)
81,763
(1,804)

-
867
867

(22,601)
22,498
(103)

-
50,440
50,440

30

(16)

(8)

(93,297)
89,308
(3,959)

(72,889)
70,220
(2,685)

(14,239)
13,982
(265)

-
-
-

-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-

-
-
-

282,142
93,761
375,903

282,142
90,000
372,142

66

66

(210,852)
205,112
(5,674)

(5,789)
69
(5,654)

295,636
152,601
448,237

295,636
150,000
445,636

6

52

(180,425)
173,510
(6,909)

(6,994)
76
(6,866)

                 
                   
         
           
         
           
     
                   
                    
                    
                      
         
           
       
              
              
                    
                      
           
             
     
              
              
                    
                      
         
           
              
                   
                    
                    
                      
                  
                    
    
             
             
                    
                      
        
              
     
              
              
                    
                      
         
                    
        
              
                  
                    
                      
            
              
     
                   
                    
                    
                      
         
           
     
                   
              
                    
                      
         
           
     
                   
              
                    
                      
         
           
              
                   
                      
                    
                      
                    
                    
      
             
             
                    
                      
        
              
       
              
              
                    
                      
         
                    
        
              
                  
                    
                      
            
              
N OT E S TO  T HE CO N S O L I D AT E D F I N A N C I A L S TAT EM E N T S
for the period ended 27 July 2019
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the period ended 27 July 2019

71

E1  FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

(d) Fair value measurements
The Group has the following derivative financial instruments:

Current assets
Forward foreign exchange contracts 
Total current derivative financial instrument assets

Non-current assets
Forward foreign exchange contracts 
Total non-current derivative financial instrument assets

Current liabilities
Forward foreign exchange contracts
Interest rate swap contracts 
Total current derivative financial instrument liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Forward foreign exchange contracts 
Interest rate swap contracts 
Total non-current derivative financial instrument liabilities

2019 
$'000

5,688
5,688

101
101

66
66
132

-

3

3

2018 
$'000

6,725
6,725

269
269

-

64

64

12
52
64

The Group uses the following hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of financial instruments by valuation technique:
  •   Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets and liabilities;
  •   Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liabilities either directly (as prices) or indirectly 
..... derived from prices; and
  •   Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

All of the Group’s financial instruments were valued using the Level 2 technique, with no transfers between levels during the period.

The fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts is determined using the present value of future cash flows based on the forward exchange rates 
at the end of the reporting period. The fair value of interest rate swaps is determined using the present value of the estimated future cash flows based 
on observable yield curves.  

Accounting policy - Financial assets and liabilities
Classification
From 29 July 2018, the group classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:
  •   those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through OCI or through profit or loss); and
  •   those to be measured at amortised cost.
The classification depends on the entity’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows.

For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses will either be recorded in profit or loss or OCI. For investments in equity instruments that are not 
held for trading, this will depend on whether the Group has made an irrevocable election at the time of initial recognition to account for the equity 
investment at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI).

Initial recognition and measurement
At initial recognition, the group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss 
(FVPL), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at FVPL are 
expensed in profit or loss.

(i) Financial assets at amortised cost (debt instruments)
Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest are measured 
at amortised cost. Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Any gain or loss 
arising on derecognition is recognised directly in profit or loss and presented in other gains/(losses) together with foreign exchange gains and losses. 
Impairment losses are recognised in profit or loss. Trade receivables that do not contain a significant financing component or for which the Group has 
applied the practical expedient are measured at the transaction price determined under AASB 15.

(ii) Financial assets at fair value through OCI (debt instruments)
Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows and for selling the financial assets, where the assets’ cash flows represent solely payments 
of principal and interest, are measured at FVOCI. Movements in the carrying amount are taken through OCI, except for the recognition of impairment 
gains or losses, interest income and foreign exchange gains and losses which are recognised in profit or loss. When the financial asset is 
derecognised, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in OCI is reclassified from equity to profit or loss and recognised in other 
gains/(losses). Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Foreign exchange 
gains and losses are presented in other gains/(losses) and impairment expenses are recognised in profit or loss.

(iii) Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (debt instruments)
Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortised cost or FVOCI are measured at FVPL. A gain or loss on a debt investment that is subsequently 
measured at FVPL is recognised in profit or loss and presented net within other gains/(losses) in the period in which it arises.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW             
               
             
               
                
                  
                
                  
                  
                    
                  
                   
                
                    
                    
                    
                 
                    
                    
                    
72

N OT E S TO T HE CO N S O L I D AT E D  F I N A N C I A L  S TAT EM E N T S
for the period ended 27 July 2019

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the period ended 27 July 2019

E1  FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

Accounting policy - Financial assets and liabilities (continued)

(iv) Financial assets designated at fair value through OCI (equity instruments)
The Group subsequently measures all equity investments at fair value. Where the Group’s management has elected to present fair value gains and 
losses on equity investments in OCI, there is no subsequent reclassification of fair value gains and losses to profit or loss following the derecognition 
of the investment. Dividends from such investments continue to be recognised in profit or loss as other income when the Group’s right to receive 
payments is established.

Changes in the fair value of financial assets at FVPL are recognised in other gains/(losses) in profit or loss, as applicable. Impairment losses (and 
reversal of impairment losses) on equity investments measured at FVOCI are not reported separately from other changes in fair value.

Derecognition
Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have been transferred and the 
Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

Impairment
From 29 July 2018, the Group assesses on a forward looking basis the expected credit losses associated with its debt instruments carried at amortised 
cost and FVOCI. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk.

For trade receivables, the Group applies the simplified approach permitted by AASB 9, which requires expected lifetime losses to be recognised from 
initial recognition of the receivables. Refer to note E1(b) for more information.

Accounting policy - Derivatives

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value at 
the end of each reporting period.  The accounting for subsequent changes in fair value depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging 
instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being hedged.  The Group designates certain derivatives as either:
  •   hedges of the fair value of recognised assets or liabilities or a firm commitment (fair value hedges); or
  •   hedges of the cash flows or recognised assets or liabilities and highly probable forecast transactions (cash flow hedges).

The Group documents at the inception of the hedging transaction the economic relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well 
as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Group also documents its assessments, both at hedge 
inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether changes in the cash flows of the hedging instruments are expected to offset changes in the cash flows 
of hedged items.

The full fair value of a hedging derivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is more than 12 
months. It is classified as a current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is less than 12 months.

(i) Fair value hedge
Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recorded in the income statement, together with any 
changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk. The gain or loss relating to the effective portion of 
interest rate swaps hedging fixed rate borrowings is recognised in profit or loss within finance costs, together with changes in the fair value of the 
hedged fixed rate borrowings attributable to interest rate risk. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised in profit or loss.

If the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the adjustment to the carrying amount of a hedged item for which the effective interest 
method is used is amortised to profit or loss over the period to maturity using a recalculated effective interest rate.

(ii) Cash flow hedge
The Group uses derivative financial instruments to hedge its exposure to foreign exchange and interest rate risks arising from operational and 
financing activities.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in equity in the 
hedging reserve. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

When forward contracts are used to hedge forecast transactions, the Group designates the full change in fair value of the forward contract (including 
forward points) as the hedging instrument. Gains or losses relating to the effective portion of the change in the fair value of the entire forward contracts 
are recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve within equity. 

Amounts accumulated in equity are reclassified to profit or loss in the periods when the hedged item affects profit or loss. When the forecast 
transaction that is hedged results in the recognition of a non-financial asset (for example, inventory or fixed assets) the gains and losses previously 
deferred in equity are transferred from equity and included in the initial measurement of the cost of the asset. The deferred amounts are ultimately 
recognised in profit or loss as cost of goods sold in the case of inventory, or as depreciation in the case of fixed assets.

The gain or loss relating to the effective portion of the interest rate swaps hedging variable rate borrowings is recognised in profit or loss within finance 
costs at the same time as the interest expense on the hedged borrowings.

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold or terminated, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain 
or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in profit or loss. When 
a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately reclassified to profit or 
loss.

(iii) Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting
Certain derivative instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting.  Changes in the fair value of any derivative instrument that does not qualify for 
hedge accounting are recognised immediately in profit or loss.

N OT E S TO  T HE CO N S O L I D AT E D F I N A N C I A L S TAT EM E N T S
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the period ended 27 July 2019
for the period ended 27 July 2019

73

F.   EQUITY
This section provides additional information regarding lines in the financial statements that are most relevant to explaining the equity position of the 
Group at the end of the period, including the dividends declared and/or paid during the period. 

F1  CONTRIBUTED EQUITY

Ordinary shares - fully paid

Treasury shares
Opening balance
Shares acquired by Myer Equity Plans Trust on market at $0.69
Shares acquired by Myer Equity Plans Trust on market at $0.52
Shares issued for performance rights granted
Closing balance of Treasury shares
Closing balance

2019 
 Number of 
shares 
  821,278,815 

2018 
 Number of 
shares 
    821,278,815 

2019 

2018 

$'000
779,963

$'000
779,963

            (1,553)
                  -   
        (504,356)
         173,913 
        (331,996)
  820,946,819 

           (11,228)
         (450,000)
                    -   
           459,675 
             (1,553)
    821,277,262 

(40,943)
-
(261)
-
(41,204)
738,759

(40,634)
(309)
-
-
(40,943)
739,020

Ordinary shares
The ordinary shares issued are fully paid. Ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate in dividends and the proceeds on winding up of the Company 
in proportion to the number of and amounts paid on the shares held. On a show of hands, every holder of ordinary shares present at a meeting in 
person, or by proxy, is entitled to one vote, and upon a poll each share is entitled to one vote. 

Treasury shares
Treasury shares are shares in Myer Holdings Limited that are held by the Myer Equity Plans Trust for the purposes of issuing shares under the Equity 
Incentive Plans. Refer to note H4 for more information.

Employee share schemes
Information relating to the employee share-based payment schemes, including details of shares issued under the schemes, is set out in note H4.

Capital risk management
The Group’s key objective when managing capital is to minimise its weighted average cost of capital while maintaining appropriate financing facilities.  
This provides the opportunity to pursue growth and capital management initiatives.  In managing its capital structure, the Group also seeks to 
safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide appropriate returns to shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders.

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, 
issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt.

Consistent with others in the industry, the Group monitors capital on the basis of various balance sheet ratios including the gearing ratio.  This ratio is 
calculated as net debt divided by total capital.  Net debt is calculated as total borrowings less cash and cash equivalents.  Total capital is calculated as 
'equity' as shown in the balance sheet plus net debt.

The gearing ratios at 27 July 2019 and 28 July 2018 were as follows:

Total borrowings (note D3)
Less: cash and cash equivalents (note D1)
Net debt
Total equity
Total capital
Gearing ratio

The decrease in the gearing ratio during 2019 was driven by the decrease in net debt.

Accounting policy
Ordinary shares are classified as equity.

2019 
$'000
86,134
(47,450)
38,684
602,056
640,740
6.0%

2018 
$'000
149,165
(41,793)
107,372
583,989
691,361
15.5%

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Where any Group company purchases the Company's equity instruments; for example, as the result of a share buy-back or a share-based payment 
plan, the consideration paid, including any directly attributable incremental costs (net of income taxes) is deducted from equity attributable to the 
owners of Myer Holdings Limited as treasury shares until the shares are cancelled or reissued. Where such ordinary shares are subsequently 
reissued, any consideration received, net of any directly attributable incremental transaction costs and the related income tax effects, is included in 
equity attributable to the owners of Myer Holdings Limited.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW         
           
          
            
                 
                 
               
                   
                 
                   
          
            
         
           
           
           
          
            
           
           
         
           
         
           
74

N OT E S TO T HE CO N S O L I D AT E D  F I N A N C I A L  S TAT EM E N T S
for the period ended 27 July 2019

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the period ended 27 July 2019

F2  ACCUMULATED LOSSES AND RESERVES

(a) Accumulated losses
Movements in Accumulated losses were as follows:
Balance at beginning of period
Adjustment on initial application of AASB 15, net of tax
Restated balance at beginning of period
Profit/(loss) for the period
Dividends
Balance at end of period

(b) Reserves
Share-based payments (i)
Cash flow hedges (ii)
Other reserve (iii)
Foreign currency translation (iv)

Movements in reserves were as follows:
Share-based payments
Balance at beginning of period
Share-based payments (credit)/expense recognised (note H4)
Income tax (note A4)
Balance at end of period
Cash flow hedges
Balance at beginning of period
Net gain/(loss) on revaluation
Transfer to net profit 
Balance at end of period
Foreign currency translation 
Balance at beginning of period
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations during the period
Balance at end of period

2019 
$'000

2018 
$'000

(160,282)
(2,833)
(163,115)
24,474
-

(138,641)

27,022
4,738
(25,621)
(4,201)
1,938

27,931
(1,292)
383
27,022

6,658
(1,212)
(708)
4,738

(3,717)
(484)
(4,201)

342,146

-

342,146
(486,002)
(16,426)
(160,282)

27,931
6,658
(25,621)
(3,717)
5,251

27,186
982
(237)
27,931

(6,894)
15,428
(1,876)
6,658

(3,278)
(439)
(3,717)

(i) Share-based payments
The share-based payments reserve is used to recognise the fair value of options and rights granted to employees under the employee share plans. 
Further information on share-based payments is set out in note H4.

(ii) Cash flow hedges
The hedging reserve is used to record gains or losses on a hedging instrument in a cash flow hedge that are recognised directly in equity, as 
described in note E1. Amounts are recognised in the income statement when the associated hedged transaction affects profit or loss.

(iii) Other reserve
The Group acquired 65% of the sass & bide business in 2011, and the non-controlling shareholders held a put option over the remaining 35%. This 
resulted in the Group recognising a financial liability for the put option and a corresponding amount in other reserve. In 2014, upon acquisition of the 
remaining 35% of sass & bide, the cash payment of $33.4m was recorded against the financial liability and non-controlling interests balances were 
recorded against other reserve.

(iv) Foreign currency translation 
Exchange differences arising on translation of the foreign controlled entity are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in a 
separate reserve within equity. The cumulative amount is reclassified to the income statement when the net investment is disposed of.

Accounting policy
(i) Functional and presentation currency
Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group's entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in 
which the entity operates ('the functional currency'). The consolidated financial statements are presented in Australian dollars, which is Myer Holdings 
Limited’s functional and presentation currency.

(ii) Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign 
exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at end of period exchange rates of monetary 
assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are generally recognised in profit or loss. They are deferred in equity if they relate to qualifying 
cash flow hedges.

Non-monetary items that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value was 
determined. Translation differences on assets and liabilities carried at fair value are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss. For example, 
translation differences on non-monetary assets and liabilities such as equities held at fair value through profit or loss are recognised in profit or loss as 
part of the fair value gain or loss and translation differences on non-monetary assets such as equities classified as available-for-sale financial assets 
are recognised in other comprehensive income.

        
           
            
                   
        
           
           
          
                 
            
        
          
           
             
             
               
          
            
            
              
             
               
           
             
            
                  
                
                 
           
             
             
              
            
             
               
              
             
               
            
              
               
                 
            
              
N OT E S TO  T HE CO N S O L I D AT E D F I N A N C I A L S TAT EM E N T S
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the period ended 27 July 2019
for the period ended 27 July 2019

75

F2  ACCUMULATED LOSSES AND RESERVES (CONTINUED)

Accounting policy (continued)
(iii) Group companies
The results and financial position of foreign operations (none of which has the currency of a hyperinflationary economy) that have a functional currency 
different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:
  •   assets and liabilities for each balance sheet presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of that balance sheet;
  •   income and expenses for each income statement and statement of comprehensive income are translated at the rates prevailing on the 
       transaction dates; and
  •   all resulting exchange differences are recognised in other comprehensive income.

On consolidation, when a foreign operation is sold, the associated exchange difference is reclassified to profit or loss, as part of the gain or loss on 
sale.

F3  DIVIDENDS

(a) Ordinary shares
Final fully franked dividend for the period ending 28 July 2018 of nil (29 July 2017: 2.0 cents) per fully paid share 
(2018: paid 8 November 2017)

Total dividends paid

(b) Dividends not recognised at the end of the reporting period

The directors have determined that no final dividend will be payable (2018: no final dividend)

2019 
$'000

2018 
$'000

-

-

16,426

16,426

(c) Franked dividends
The franked portions of final dividends recommended after 27 July 2019 will be franked out of existing franking 
credits or out of franking credits arising from the payment of income tax in the period ending 25 July 2020
Franking credits available for subsequent financial periods based on a tax rate of 30% (2018: 30%)

54,736

40,277

The above amounts represent the balance of the franking account as at the reporting date, adjusted for:
(a) franking credits that will arise from the payment of the amount of the provision for income tax;
(b) franking debits that will arise from the payment of dividends recognised as a liability at the reporting date; and
(c) franking credits that will arise from the receipt of dividends recognised as receivables at the reporting date.

The consolidated amounts include franking credits that would be available to the parent entity if distributable profits of subsidiaries were paid as 
dividends.

Accounting policy
Provision is made for the amount of any dividend declared, being appropriately authorised and no longer at the discretion of the entity, on or before the 
end of the financial period but not distributed at balance date.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW                 
             
                 
             
           
             
76

N OT E S TO T HE CO N S O L I D AT E D  F I N A N C I A L  S TAT EM E N T S
for the period ended 27 July 2019

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the period ended 27 July 2019

G.   GROUP STRUCTURE

This section summarises how the Group structure affects the financial position and performance of the Group as a whole.

G1  SUBSIDIARIES
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets, liabilities and results of the following subsidiaries in accordance with the accounting 
policy described below:

Name of entity
NB Elizabeth Pty Ltd
NB Russell Pty Ltd
NB Lonsdale Pty Ltd
NB Collins Pty Ltd
Warehouse Solutions Pty Ltd
Myer Group Pty Ltd
Myer Pty Ltd
Myer Group Finance Limited
The Myer Emporium Pty Ltd
ACT Employment Services Pty Ltd
Myer Employee Share Plan Pty Ltd
Myer Travel Pty Ltd
Myer Sourcing Asia Ltd
Shanghai Myer Service Company Ltd
Boogie & Boogie Pty Ltd
sass & bide Pty Ltd
sass & bide Retail Pty Ltd
sass & bide Retail (NZ) Pty Ltd
sass & bide USA inc.
sass & bide inc.
Marcs David Lawrence Pty Ltd

Country of 
incorporation
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Hong Kong
China
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
USA
USA
Australia

Class of shares
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

Equity 
holdings(4)
2019
%
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

Equity 
holdings(4)
2018
%
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

Notes
(1), (3)
(2), (3)
(2), (3)
(1), (3)
(2), (3)
(1), (3)
(1), (3)
(1), (3)
(2), (3)
(2)
(2)
(2)

(1), (3)
(1), (3)
(2), (3)
(2), (3)

(1), (3)

(1)  Each of these entities has been granted relief from the necessity to prepare financial statements in accordance with ASIC Corporations (Wholly-
owned Companies) Instrument 2016/785.

(2)  Each of these entities is classified as small proprietary and therefore relieved from the requirement to prepare and lodge financial reports with 
ASIC.

(3)  Each of these entities is party to a deed of cross guarantee, refer to note G2.

(4)  The proportion of ownership interest is equal to the proportion of voting power held.

Accounting policy
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets and liabilities of all subsidiaries of Myer Holdings Limited ('Company' or 'parent entity') as 
at 27 July 2019 and the results of all subsidiaries for the period then ended.  

Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are all entities (including structured entities) over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed 
to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the 
activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group.  They are deconsolidated from the 
date that control ceases. The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business combinations by the Group (refer to note C2).

Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated.  Unrealised losses are also 
eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed 
where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

Non-controlling interests in the results and equity of subsidiaries are shown separately in the consolidated income statement, statement of 
comprehensive income, balance sheet and statement of changes in equity respectively.

Employee Share Trust
The Group has the Myer Equity Plans Trust to administer the Group's employee share scheme. This trust is consolidated, as the substance of the 
relationship is that the trust is controlled by the Group. Shares in Myer Holdings Limited held by the trust are disclosed as treasury shares and 
deducted from contributed equity.

N OT E S TO  T HE CO N S O L I D AT E D F I N A N C I A L S TAT EM E N T S
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the period ended 27 July 2019
for the period ended 27 July 2019

77

G2  DEED OF CROSS GUARANTEE

The following entities are parties to a deed of cross guarantee under which each company guarantees the debts of the others: 
•   Myer Holdings Limited 
•   NB Elizabeth Pty Ltd 
•   NB Russell Pty Ltd 
•   Myer Group Pty Ltd 
•   NB Lonsdale Pty Ltd 
•   NB Collins Pty Ltd 
•   Warehouse Solutions Pty Ltd
•   Myer Pty Ltd

•   Myer Group Finance Limited  
•   The Myer Emporium Pty Ltd 
•   Boogie & Boogie Pty Ltd 
•   sass & bide Pty Ltd 
•   sass & bide Retail Pty Ltd 
•   sass & bide Retail (NZ) Pty Ltd
•   Marcs David Lawrence Pty Ltd

By entering into the deed, the wholly-owned entities within note reference 1 in note G1 have been relieved from the requirements to prepare a financial 
report and directors' report under ASIC Corporations (Wholly-owned Companies) Instrument 2016/785. 

The above companies represent a 'closed group' for the purposes of the ASIC Legislative Instrument, and as there are no other parties to the deed of 
cross guarantee that are controlled by Myer Holdings Limited, they also represent the 'extended closed group'.

(a) Consolidated income statement, statement of comprehensive income and summary of movements in consolidated accumulated losses
Set out below is a consolidated income statement, statement of comprehensive income and a summary of movements in consolidated accumulated 
losses for the closed group for the period ended 27 July 2019:

Income statement 
Total sales
Concession sales
Sale of goods
Sales revenue deferred under customer loyalty program
Revenue from sale of goods
Other operating revenue
Cost of goods sold 
Operating gross profit 
Selling expenses 
Administration expenses 
Restructuring and store exit costs, onerous lease expense and impairment of assets
Earnings/(loss) before interest and tax 
Finance revenue 
Finance costs 
Net finance costs
Profit/(loss) before income tax
Income tax (expense)/benefit
Profit/(loss) for the period attributable to Deed of Cross Guarantee group

Statement of comprehensive income
Profit/(loss) for the period 
Other comprehensive income/(loss)
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss:

Cash flow hedges
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the period, net of tax
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the period
Summary of movements in accumulated losses
Balance at beginning of period
Adjustment on initial application of AASB 15, net of tax
Restated balance at beginning of period
Profit/(loss) for the period
Dividends paid
Balance at end of period

2019 
52 weeks
$'000

2,991,795
(612,193)
2,379,602
(34,545)
2,345,057
153,576
(1,337,739)
1,160,894
(822,832)
(281,115)
(12,140)
44,807
556
(12,072)
(11,516)
33,291
(8,892)
24,399

2018 
52 weeks
$'000

3,100,554
(653,983)
2,446,571
(36,583)
2,409,988
162,299
(1,387,693)
1,184,594
(831,122)
(297,736)
(541,190)
(485,454)
397
(9,471)
(9,074)
(494,528)
8,838
(485,690)

            24,399 

(485,690)

(1,920)
33
(1,887)
22,512

(154,708)
(2,833)
(157,541)
24,399
-

(133,142)

13,552
81
13,633
(472,057)

347,408

-

347,408
(485,690)
(16,426)
(154,708)

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW      
        
        
          
      
        
          
            
      
        
         
           
     
       
      
        
        
          
        
          
          
          
           
          
                
                  
          
              
          
              
           
          
            
               
           
          
          
            
             
                  
                    
            
             
       
      
        
           
            
                   
        
           
           
          
                 
            
    
      
78

N OT E S TO T HE CO N S O L I D AT E D  F I N A N C I A L  S TAT EM E N T S
for the period ended 27 July 2019

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the period ended 27 July 2019

G2  DEED OF CROSS GUARANTEE (CONTINUED)

(b) Consolidated balance sheet
Set out below is a consolidated balance sheet as at 27 July 2019 of the closed group:

ASSETS
Current assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables and prepayments
Inventories
Derivative financial instruments
Total current assets
Non-current assets 
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Derivative financial instruments
Other non-current assets
Total non-current assets
Total assets
LIABILITIES
Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Provisions
Deferred income
Derivative financial instruments 
Current tax liabilities
Other liabilities
Total current liabilities
Non-current liabilities 
Borrowings 
Provisions
Deferred income
Deferred tax liabilities
Derivative financial instruments 
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets
EQUITY 
Contributed equity
Accumulated losses
Reserves
Total equity

2019 
$'000

2018 
$'000

45,569
41,505
346,100
5,688
438,862

383,487
467,550
101
5,490
856,628
1,295,490

372,384
64,267
8,295
132
5,280
373
450,731

86,134
12,217
80,158
55,841
3
234,353
685,084
610,406

40,358
37,491
365,764
6,725
450,338

424,076
484,706
269
3,194
912,245
1,362,583

380,812
69,971
10,294
64
4,711
472
466,324

149,165
11,804
80,629
62,615
64
304,277
770,601
591,982

738,759
(133,142)
4,789
610,406

739,021
(154,708)
7,669
591,982

           
             
           
             
         
           
             
               
         
           
         
           
         
           
                
                  
             
               
         
           
      
        
         
           
           
             
             
             
                
                    
             
               
                
                  
         
           
           
           
           
             
           
             
           
             
                    
                    
         
           
         
           
         
           
         
           
        
          
             
               
         
           
N OT E S TO  T HE CO N S O L I D AT E D F I N A N C I A L S TAT EM E N T S
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the period ended 27 July 2019
for the period ended 27 July 2019

79

G3  PARENT ENTITY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

(a) Summary financial information
The individual financial statements for the parent entity show the following aggregate amounts:

Balance sheet
Current assets
Total assets
Current liabilities
Total liabilities
Shareholders' equity
Issued capital

Reserves

Cash flow hedges
Other reserves
Share-based payments

Retained profits reserve - pre 2018
Accumulated losses reserve - 2018
Retained profits reserve - 2019
Profit/(loss) for the period1
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the period

(b) Guarantees entered into by the parent entity
Carrying amount included in current liabilities

2019 
$'000

162,962
541,962
20,552
106,686

2018 
$'000

227,811
599,747
19,726
168,943

738,759

739,020

(82)
(2,653)
21,011
78,947
(406,747)
6,041

6,041
6,024

(65)
(2,653)
22,302
78,947
(406,747)

-

(406,747)
(406,270)

-

-

1. In 2018, the loss reflected the impairment recognised on the investments held in subsidiaries within the Group. Refer to note C2 for more 
information. 

The parent entity is the borrowing entity under the Group's financing facilities. Under these facilities, the parent entity is party to a cross-guarantee with 
various other Group entities, who guarantee the repayment of the facilities in the event that the parent entity is in default.

The parent entity is also party to the deed of cross guarantee. The details of the deed of cross guarantee are set out in note G2. At the end of the 
reporting period, no liability has been recognised in relation to these guarantees on the basis that the potential exposure is not considered material.

(c) Contingent liabilities of the parent entity
The parent entity did not have any contingent liabilities as at 27 July 2019 or 28 July 2018.

(d) Contractual commitments for the acquisition of property, plant or equipment
The parent entity did not have any contractual commitments for the acquisition of property, plant or equipment as at 27 July 2019 or 28 July 2018.

(e) Event subsequent to balance date
Refer to note H6 for additional events which have occurred after the financial reporting date.

Accounting policy
The financial information that is disclosed for the parent entity, Myer Holdings Limited, has been prepared on the same basis as the consolidated 
financial statements, except as set out below.

(i) Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for at cost in the financial statements of Myer Holdings Limited.

(ii) Tax consolidation legislation
Myer Holdings Limited and its wholly-owned Australian controlled entities have implemented the tax consolidation legislation.

The head entity, Myer Holdings Limited, and the controlled entities in the tax consolidated group continue to account for their own current and deferred 
tax amounts. These tax amounts are measured as if each entity in the tax consolidated group continues to be a stand-alone taxpayer in its own right.

In addition to its own current and deferred tax amounts, Myer Holdings Limited also recognises the current tax liabilities (or assets) and the deferred 
tax assets arising from unused tax losses and unused tax credits assumed from controlled entities in the tax consolidated group.

The entities have also entered into a tax funding agreement under which the wholly-owned entities fully compensate Myer Holdings Limited for any 
current tax payable assumed and are compensated by Myer Holdings Limited for any current tax receivable and deferred tax assets relating to unused 
tax losses or unused tax credits that are transferred to Myer Holdings Limited under the tax consolidation legislation. The funding amounts are 
determined by reference to the amounts recognised in the wholly-owned entities’ financial statements.

The funding amounts are recognised as current intercompany receivables or payables.

Assets or liabilities arising under tax funding agreements with the tax consolidated entities are recognised as amounts receivable from or payable to 
other entities in the Group.

Any difference between the amounts assumed and amounts receivable or payable under the tax funding agreement are recognised as a contribution 
to (or distribution from) wholly-owned tax consolidated entities.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW         
           
         
           
           
             
         
           
         
           
                 
                   
            
              
           
             
           
             
        
          
             
                   
             
          
             
          
                 
                   
80

N OT E S TO T HE CO N S O L I D AT E D  F I N A N C I A L  S TAT EM E N T S
for the period ended 27 July 2019

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the period ended 27 July 2019

H.   OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION
This section of the notes includes other financial information that must be disclosed to comply with the accounting standards and other 
pronouncements, but that is not immediately related to individual line items in the financial statements. This section also provides information about 
items that are not recognised in the financial statements as they do not (yet) satisfy the recognition criteria.

H1  CONTINGENCIES

Contingent liabilities
The Group had contingent liabilities at 27 July 2019 in respect of:

Guarantees
The Group has issued bank guarantees amounting to $26.9 million (2018: $37.0 million), of which $16.9 million (2018: $18.5 million) represents 
guarantees supporting workers' compensation self insurance licences in various jurisdictions.

For information about other guarantees given by entities within the Group, including the parent entity, refer to notes G2 and G3.

There can be legal claims and exposures which arise from the ordinary course of business. There is significant uncertainty as to whether a future 
liability will arise in respect of these items, or the amount of any such liability.

H2  COMMITMENTS

(a) Capital commitments
Capital expenditure contracted for at the end of the reporting period but not recognised as liabilities is as follows:

Property, plant, equipment and software
Payable:
Within one year
Later than one year but not later than five years
Later than five years

(b) Operating lease commitments
The Group leases the majority of its stores and warehouses under non-cancellable operating leases expiring within 
one to 30 years. The leases have varying terms, escalation clauses and renewal rights. On renewal, the terms of the 
leases are renegotiated.

Commitments for minimum lease payments in relation to non-cancellable operating leases are payable as follows:
Within one year
Later than one year but not later than five years
Later than five years

2019 
$'000

5,795
-
-
5,795

2018 
$'000

12,836
-
-
12,836

223,594
766,995
1,437,313
2,427,902

222,207
780,690
1,534,659
2,537,556

Not included in the above commitments are contingent rental payments that may arise in the event that sales made by certain leased stores exceed a 
pre-determined amount. The contingent rentals payable as a percentage of sales revenue and the relevant thresholds vary from lease to lease.

A number of lease agreements for stores include cash contributions provided by the lessor for fit-outs and referred to as a lease incentive or lease 
contribution. Refer to note C4 for more information.

Accounting policy
Leases of property, plant and equipment in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as 
operating leases. Lease incentives received on entering into operating leases are recognised as deferred income and are amortised over the lease 
term. Payments made under operating leases (net of any amortised deferred income) are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis 
over the period of the lease.

Leases where the Group has substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as finance leases.  

             
             
                 
                   
                 
                   
             
             
         
           
         
           
      
        
      
        
N OT E S TO  T HE CO N S O L I D AT E D F I N A N C I A L S TAT EM E N T S
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the period ended 27 July 2019
for the period ended 27 July 2019

81

H3  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

(a) Parent entities
The parent entity within the Group is Myer Holdings Limited, a listed public company, incorporated in Australia.

(b) Subsidiaries
Interests in subsidiaries are set out in note G1.

(c) Key Management Personnel
(i) Compensation
Key Management Personnel compensation for the period ending 27 July 2019 is set out below. The Key Management Personnel of the Group are
persons having the authority for planning, directing and controlling the Company's activities directly or indirectly, including the directors of Myer
Holdings Limited.

Short term employee benefits
Post employment benefits
Long term benefits
Termination and other payments
Share-based payments

2019 
$
4,861,515
137,362
14,628
1,087,912
869,866
6,971,283

2018 
$
4,210,571
183,409
(193,969)
2,566,873
(135,304)
6,631,580

Detailed remuneration disclosures are provided in the Remuneration Report on pages 27 to 48.

(ii) Loans
In 2019 and 2018 there were no loans made to directors of Myer Holdings Limited and other Key Management Personnel of the Group, including their
related parties.

(iii) Other transactions
The transactions with Key Management Personnel or entities related to them are as disclosed in the Remuneration Report.

(d) Transactions with other related parties
There were no material transactions with other related parties during the current period.

H4  SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS

(a) Long Term Incentive Plan
The Myer Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) is an incentive that is intended to promote alignment between executive and shareholder interests over the
longer term. Under the LTIP, performance rights and options may be offered annually to the Chief Executive Officer and nominated executives. The
employees invited to participate in the plan include executives who are considered to play a leading role in achieving the Company’s long term
strategic and operational objectives.

Each right offered is an entitlement to one fully paid ordinary share in the Company, subject to adjustment for capital actions, on terms and hurdles 
determined by the Board, including hurdles linked to Company performance and service. Performance options vest and are automatically exercised on 
a net settlement basis.

The LTIP is delivered via a grant of performance rights or options. The number of performance rights or options that vest is not determined until after 
the end of the performance period. The performance right or option will therefore not provide any value to the holder between the date the performance 
right or option is granted until after the end of the vesting period, if the performance hurdles and restriction period (if applicable) are satisfied. 
Performance rights and options do not carry entitlements to ordinary dividends or other shareholder rights until the end of the vesting period.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW      
        
         
           
           
          
      
        
         
          
      
82

N OT E S TO T HE CO N S O L I D AT E D  F I N A N C I A L  S TAT EM E N T S
for the period ended 27 July 2019

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the period ended 27 July 2019

H4  SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS (CONTINUED)

(a) Long Term Incentive Plan (continued)

Set out below is a summary of performance rights and options granted under the plan:

2019 

Performance rights
Performance options
Total
Weighted average exercise price

2018 

Performance rights
Weighted average exercise price

Granted

Balance
28 July 2018

Expired and 
lapsed
       13,692,652               192,307               (173,913)      (4,890,409)
(1,561,290)
       13,692,652          36,025,869               (173,913)      (6,451,699)
$0.10 

35,833,562

Exercised

$0.00 

$0.42 

$0.00 

-

-

Balance 29 July 
2017

Expired and 
lapsed
       10,645,383          14,238,436               (459,675)    (10,731,492)
$0.00 

Exercised

Granted

$0.00 

$0.00 

$0.00 

Balance
27 July 2019
         8,820,637 
       34,272,272 
       43,092,909 
$0.33 

Balance
28 July 2018
       13,692,652 
$0.00 

The weighted average remaining contractual life of share rights and options outstanding at the end of the period was 2.0 years (2018: 1.6 years).

Fair value of performance options  granted
The assessed fair value at grant date of options granted during the period is noted below. Fair value varies depending on the period to vesting date.  
The fair values at grant dates were independently determined using a Monte Carlo simulation pricing model that takes into account the exercise price, 
the term of the options, the impact of dilution, the fair value of shares in the Company at grant date and expected volatility of the underlying share, the 
expected dividend yield and the risk-free interest rate for the term of the option. The fair values and model inputs for performance options granted 
during the period included:

(a) Fair value of performance options granted
(b) Grant date
(c) Expiry date
(d) Share price at grant date
(e) Expected price volatility of the Group’s shares
(f) Expected dividend yield
(g) Risk-free interest rate

2019 LTIP 
Options (TSR)
$0.12 
24-Dec-18
24-Dec-22
$0.40
48%
0%
1.88%

2019 LTIP
Options 
(EPS)
$0.12 
24-Dec-18
24-Dec-22
$0.40
48%
0%
1.88%

The expected price volatility is based on the historic volatility (based on the remaining life of the performance options), adjusted for any expected 
changes to future volatility due to publicly available information.

Where options are issued to employees of subsidiaries within the Group, the subsidiaries compensate the Company for the amount recognised as 
expense in relation to these options.

(b) Expenses arising from share-based payment transactions
Total expenses arising from share-based payment transactions recognised during the period as part of employee benefit expense were as follows:

Rights and options issued under the LTIP

2019 
$'000
(1,292)

2018 
$'000
982 

Share-based payment transaction expenses represent the amount recognised in the period in relation to share-based remuneration plans. Where 
expectations of the number of rights or options expected to vest changes, the life to date expense is adjusted, which can result in a negative expense 
for the period due to the reversal of amounts recognised in prior periods.

Accounting policy
Share-based compensation benefits are provided to employees through the Myer Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP).

The fair value of rights and options granted under a plan are recognised as an employee benefit expense with a corresponding increase in equity. The 
total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the rights and options granted, which includes any market performance 
conditions but excludes the impact of any services and non-market performance vesting conditions and the impact of any non-vesting conditions.

Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of rights and options that are expected to vest. The total expense is 
recognised over the vesting period, which is the period over which all the specified vesting conditions are to be satisfied. At the end of each period, the 
Group revises its estimates of the number of rights or options that are expected to vest based on the non-market vesting conditions. It recognises the 
impact of revisions to original estimates, if any, in profit or loss, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

The LTIP is administered by the Myer Equity Plan Trust (refer to note G1). When rights or options are vested, the trust transfers the appropriate 
number of shares to the employee. The proceeds received net of any directly attributable transaction costs are credited directly to equity.

            
N OT E S TO  T HE CO N S O L I D AT E D F I N A N C I A L S TAT EM E N T S
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the period ended 27 July 2019
for the period ended 27 July 2019

83

H5  REMUNERATION OF AUDITORS

During the period, the following fees were paid or payable for services provided by the auditor of the Group, and its related practices:

(a) PwC Australia
(i) Assurance services
Audit services

Audit and review of financial statements 

Other assurance services
Audit of rent certificates

Total remuneration for audit and other assurance services
(ii) Taxation services

Tax compliance services

(iii) Other services
Legal services
Consulting services

Total remuneration of PwC Australia

(b) Overseas practices of PwC
(i) Assurance services
Audit services

Audit and review of financial statements 

(ii) Taxation services

Tax compliance services

Total remuneration for overseas practices of PwC

H6  EVENTS OCCURRING AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD

Dividends on the Company's ordinary shares
The directors have determined that no final dividend will be payable for the period ended 27 July 2019.

2019 
$

2018 
$

          428,000              487,095 

            57,851                48,232 
          485,851              535,327 

            43,000 

               2,400 

                     -              175,855 
          492,627              343,676 
       1,021,478           1,057,258 

            70,719                66,888 

                     -                13,620 
            70,719                80,508 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW84

N OT E S TO T HE CO N S O L I D AT E D  F I N A N C I A L  S TAT EM E N T S
for the period ended 27 July 2019

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the period ended 27 July 2019

I.   OTHER ACCOUNTING POLICIES
This section provides a list of other accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements. Specific accounting 
policies are disclosed in their respective notes to the financial statements. This section also provides information on the impacts of new accounting 
standards, amendments and interpretations, and whether they are effective in the current or future reporting periods.  

The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements ('financial statements' or 'financial report') are 
set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the periods presented, unless otherwise stated. The financial statements are for the 
consolidated entity consisting of Myer Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries ('Group').

(a) Basis of preparation
These general purpose financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and Interpretations issued by 
the Australian Accounting Standards Board (AASB) and the Corporations Act 2001.  Myer Holdings Limited is a for-profit entity for the purpose of 
preparing the financial statements.

Compliance with IFRS
The consolidated financial statements of Myer Holdings Limited group also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued 
by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

Historical cost convention
These financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, except for financial assets and liabilities (including derivative 
instruments), which have been measured at fair value through profit or loss.

Critical accounting estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting standards requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also 
requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of 
judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements, are disclosed in notes A2, B2 and C2.

(b) Rounding of amounts
The Company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors' Reports) Instrument 2016/191 and, except where 
otherwise stated, amounts in the consolidated financial statements have been rounded off to the nearest thousand dollars, or in certain cases, to the 
nearest dollar.

(c) New accounting standards and interpretations

(i) New and amended standards adopted by the Group
The Group has adopted AASB 9 Financial Instruments  and AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers  from 29 July 2018. None of the other 
new standards or amendments to existing standards that are mandatory for the first time for the 27 July 2019 reporting period materially affected any 
of the amounts recognised in the current period or any prior period, and are not likely to significantly affect future periods.

AASB 9 Financial Instruments

AASB 9 Financial Instruments  has replaced AASB 139 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement . The new standard has been adopted by 
the Group from 29 July 2018. This standard addresses the classification, measurement and derecognition of financial assets and liabilities, and 
introduces new rules for hedge accounting and a new impairment model for financial assets based on expected credit losses. 

AASB 9 replaces the 'incurred loss' model under AASB 139 with an 'expected credit loss' (ECL) model. The new impairment model applies to financial 
assets measured at amortised cost, including trade receivables. The Group has applied the simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses 
which uses a lifetime expected loss allowance for trade receivables based on all possible default events over the expected life of the receivable. The 
difference between the expected credit loss calculated under AASB 9 and the incurred loss calculated under AASB 139 is not material to the Group. 

The Group had previously been accounting for the financial instruments arising from hedging activities at fair value through other comprehensive 
income, therefore no changes have been required to the Group’s accounting policy in regards to hedge accounting.

AASB 9 did not have a significant impact on the Group's accounting policies. There was no material impact of adopting AASB 9 on the Group’s income 
statement, balance sheet or statement of cash flows for the period ending 27 July 2019.

N OT E S TO  T HE CO N S O L I D AT E D F I N A N C I A L S TAT EM E N T S
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the period ended 27 July 2019
for the period ended 27 July 2019

85

I.   OTHER ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

(c) New accounting standards and interpretations (continued)

AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers

AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers  introduces a new five step model to determine when to recognise revenue, and at what amount. 
The model is based on the concept of recognising revenue for performance obligations only when they are satisfied and control of the goods or 
services is transferred, for an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods and 
services.

The Group has adopted AASB 15 using the cumulative effect method (without practical expedients), with the effect of initially applying this standard 
recognised at the date of initial application (from 29 July 2018). AASB 15 has been applied retrospectively on adoption from 29 July 2018, with no 
restatement of comparatives for the 2018 financial period.

The following table summarises the impact, net of tax, of transition to AASB 15 on accumulated losses at 29 July 2018:

Accumulated losses as at 28 July 2018
Adjustment to accumulated losses on initial application of AASB 15
Non-redemption income
Related tax
Restated accumulated losses as at 29 July 2018

$'000
        (160,282)

            (4,048)
             1,215 
        (163,115)

There was no material impact of adopting AASB 15 on the Group’s income statement, balance sheet or statement of cash flows for the period ending 
27 July 2019.

The details of the new significant accounting policies and the nature of the changes to previous accounting policies in relation to the Group's various 
goods and services are set out below.

Accounting for non-redemption income

When the Group issues gift cards, and rewards cards under the Myer one loyalty program, the Group recognises revenue on the unredeemed value of 
gift cards and rewards cards, referred to as non-redemption income. Under AASB 15, the Group is required to recognise the expected non-redemption 
amount as revenue in proportion to the pattern in which the gift card or reward card is utilised by the customer. To reflect this change in policy, on 29 
July 2018 the Group recognised an increase to accumulated losses of $2.8m, with corresponding increases to deferred tax assets (presented within 
deferred tax liabilities) of $1.2m and trade and other payables of $4.0m.

Accounting for refunds

The Group’s policy is to sell its products to the end customer with a right of return within a reasonable period at the Group’s discretion. Therefore, a 
refund liability (included in trade and other payables) and a right to returned goods (included in trade and other receivables) are recognised for the 
products expected to be returned. The assumptions and the estimated amount of returns are based on historical evidence and are reassessed at the 
end of each reporting period. The costs to recover the product are not material because the customer usually returns the product in a saleable 
condition at the store.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019REMUNERATION REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSYEAR IN REVIEW86

N OT E S TO T HE CO N S O L I D AT E D  F I N A N C I A L  S TAT EM E N T S
for the period ended 27 July 2019

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the period ended 27 July 2019

I.   OTHER ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

In the directors’ opinion: 

DIRECTORS’ DECLARATION 

a)

the financial statements and notes set out on pages 49 to 86 are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:

complying with Accounting Standards, the Corporations  Regulations  2001 and other mandatory professional reporting 

requirements; and

financial period ended on that date; and

i)

ii)

b)

c)

payable; and

described in note G2.

giving a true and fair view of the consolidated entity’s financial position as at 27 July 2019 and of its performance for the 

there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and 

at the date of this declaration, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the members of the extended closed group will be 

able to meet any obligations or liabilities to which they are, or may become, subject by virtue of the deed of cross guarantee 

Note  I.  (a)  confirms  that  the  financial  statements  also  comply  with  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  as  issued  by  the 

International Accounting Standards Board. 

of the Corporations Act 2001. 

The directors have been given the declarations by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer required by section 295A 

This declaration is made in accordance with a resolution of the directors. 

Garry Hounsell 

Chairman 

Melbourne, 4 September 2019 

(c) New accounting standards and interpretations (continued)
(ii) New standards and interpretations not yet adopted
Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory for the 27 July 2019 reporting period. The following 
standard will have a material impact on the Group's financial statements in the period of initial application:

AASB 16 Leases

AASB 16 Leases  will replace existing accounting requirements under AASB 117 Leases and related interpretations. AASB 16 eliminates the 
classification between operating and finance leases and introduces a single lessee accounting model.

Under AASB 16, the Group’s accounting for operating leases as a lessee will result in the recognition of a right-of-use (ROU) asset and a 
corresponding lease liability, with the exception of short-term leases under 12 months and where the underlying ROU asset is of a low value. The lease 
liability represents the present value of future lease payments. There will be a separate recognition of the depreciation charge on the ROU asset and 
the interest expense on the lease liability. This will result in the recognition of a front-loaded pattern of expense for most leases, even when constant 
annual rentals are paid. 

Transition

AASB 16 is effective for periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019 and therefore will be effective in the Group's annual reporting period ending 25 
July 2020. The Group will be applying the modified retrospective approach. Under this approach, the Group will recognise a ROU asset calculated as if 
AASB 16 had always applied, and a lease liability which will represent the outstanding liability under the lease arrangement using the incremental 
borrowing rate at the date of transition. The difference between the ROU asset and the lease liability, adjusted for deferred tax, will be recognised as 
an adjustment to the opening balance of accumulated losses for the period ending 25 July 2020, with no restatement of comparative information.

Recognition and measurement

The most significant AASB 16 judgements include the determination of the lease term when there are extension options, the selection of an 
appropriate discount rate to calculate the lease liability and the impairment of ROU assets.

The Group has finalised its AASB 16 accounting policies, determined the appropriate discount rates to apply to lease payments, selected and 
implemented an IT system to collate and report lease data, and established procedures and controls for accounting and reporting under AASB 16.

AASB 16 has a significant impact on reported assets, liabilities and the income statement of the Group, as well as the classification of cash flows 
relating to lease contracts. The standard impacts a number of key measures such as earnings before interest and tax and cash flows from operating 
and financing activities, as well as a number of alternative performance measures used by the Group.

The Group has estimated the following impacts as a result of adopting AASB 16. These estimates may be materially different to the actual impact in 
the period ending 25 July 2020 due to changes in the Group's lease portfolio or changes to the material judgement areas, due to evolving 
interpretations of the standard.

Estimated impact on the Balance Sheet on transition

Recognition of ROU asset
Recognition of lease liability
Derecognition of deferred income and lease provisions
Increase in deferred tax asset
Decrease in net assets (recognised as an adjustment to opening accumulated losses)

Estimated impact on the Income Statement for the period ending 25 July 2020
Increase in depreciation expense
Increase in finance costs
Decrease in operating lease expenses, and unwind of deferred income and lease provisions
Decrease in net profit before tax

Estimated impact
$'000

 1,350,000 - 1,550,000 
 1,800,000 - 2,000,000 
 90,000 - 110,000 
 95,000 - 115,000 
 200,000 - 300,000 

 115,000 - 135,000 
 80,000 - 100,000 
 200,000 - 220,000 
 0 - 15,000 

Estimated impact on the Statement of Cash Flows for the period ending 25 July 2020
Increase in operating cash flows
Decrease in financing cash flows
Net cash flows

 120,000 - 140,000 
 120,000 - 140,000 

                                                 -   

DIRECTORS’ DECLARATION 
D IR EC TOR S’  D ECL A R ATION

87

In the directors’ opinion: 

a)

b)

c)

the financial statements and notes set out on pages 49 to 86 are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:
i)

complying with Accounting Standards, the Corporations  Regulations  2001 and other mandatory professional reporting 
requirements; and
giving a true and fair view of the consolidated entity’s financial position as at 27 July 2019 and of its performance for the 
financial period ended on that date; and

ii)

there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and 
payable; and
at the date of this declaration, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the members of the extended closed group will be 
able to meet any obligations or liabilities to which they are, or may become, subject by virtue of the deed of cross guarantee 
described in note G2.

Note  I.  (a)  confirms  that  the  financial  statements  also  comply  with  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  as  issued  by  the 
International Accounting Standards Board. 

The directors have been given the declarations by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer required by section 295A 
of the Corporations Act 2001. 

This declaration is made in accordance with a resolution of the directors. 

Garry Hounsell 

Chairman 

Melbourne, 4 September 2019 

 MYER ANNUAL REPORT 201988

Independent auditor’s report 
To the members of Myer Holdings Limited  

Report on the audit of the financial report 

Our opinion 

In our opinion: 

The accompanying financial report of Myer Holdings Limited (the Company) and its controlled 
entities (together the Group) is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including: 

(a) 

giving a true and fair view of the Group's financial position as at 27 July 2019 and of its financial 
performance for the period 29 July 2018 to 27 July 2019  

(b) 

complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001. 

What we have audited 
The Group financial report comprises: 

 
 
 

 
 
 

 

the consolidated balance sheet as at 27 July 2019 

the consolidated income statement for the period 29 July 2018 to 27 July 2019 

the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the period 29 July 2018 to 27 July 
2019 

the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the period 29 July 2018 to 27 July 2019 

the consolidated statement of cash flows for the period 29 July 2018 to 27 July 2019 

the notes to the consolidated financial statements, which include a summary of significant 
accounting policies 

the directors’ declaration. 

Basis for opinion 

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Our responsibilities under 
those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
report section of our report. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for 
our opinion. 

Independence 
We are independent of the Group in accordance with the auditor independence requirements of the 
Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical requirements of the Accounting Professional and Ethical 
Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (the Code) that are relevant 
to our audit of the financial report in Australia. We have also fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities 
in accordance with the Code. 

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757 
2 Riverside Quay, SOUTHBANK  VIC  3006, GPO Box 1331, MELBOURNE  VIC  3001 
T: 61 3 8603 1000, F: 61 3 8603 1999, www.pwc.com.au 

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation. 

Our audit approach 

An audit is designed to provide reasonable assurance about whether the financial report is free from 

material misstatement. Misstatements may arise due to fraud or error. They are considered material if 

individually or in aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of 

users taken on the basis of the financial report. 

We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an 

opinion on the financial report as a whole, taking into account the geographic and management 

structure of the Group, its accounting processes and controls and the industry in which it operates. 

Materiality 

Audit scope 

 

For the purpose of our audit we used overall Group 

  Our audit focused on where the Group made 

materiality of $2.34 million, which represents 

approximately 5% of the Group’s profit before tax, 

adjusted for individually significant items 

separately disclosed as restructuring and store exit 

costs, onerous lease expense and impairment of 

assets.  

subjective judgements; for example, significant 

accounting estimates involving assumptions and 

inherently uncertain future events. 

 

The Group is principally involved in retailing 

through department stores across Australia and 

online. The accounting processes are structured 

around the Group’s finance function at the 

  Our audit procedures were mostly performed at 

the Group’s support office. We also attended two 

distribution centres and three Myer stores across 

Australia to perform audit procedures over 

  We applied this threshold, together with 

qualitative considerations, to determine the scope 

Melbourne support office. 

of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of 

our audit procedures and to evaluate the effect of 

misstatements on the financial report as a whole. 

  We chose adjusted Group profit before tax 

because, in our view, it is the benchmark against 

inventory. 

which the performance of the Group is most 

commonly measured. We adjusted for individually 

significant items disclosed as restructuring and 

store exit costs, onerous lease expense and 

impairment of assets as they are unusual or 

infrequently occurring items impacting the profit 

and loss.  

  We utilised a 5% threshold based on our 

professional judgement, noting it is within the 

range of commonly acceptable thresholds.  

 
  
 
 
 
89

Our audit approach 

An audit is designed to provide reasonable assurance about whether the financial report is free from 
material misstatement. Misstatements may arise due to fraud or error. They are considered material if 
individually or in aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of 
users taken on the basis of the financial report. 

We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an 
opinion on the financial report as a whole, taking into account the geographic and management 
structure of the Group, its accounting processes and controls and the industry in which it operates. 

Materiality 

Audit scope 

  Our audit focused on where the Group made 

subjective judgements; for example, significant 
accounting estimates involving assumptions and 
inherently uncertain future events. 

 

The Group is principally involved in retailing 
through department stores across Australia and 
online. The accounting processes are structured 
around the Group’s finance function at the 
Melbourne support office. 

  Our audit procedures were mostly performed at 
the Group’s support office. We also attended two 
distribution centres and three Myer stores across 
Australia to perform audit procedures over 
inventory. 

 

For the purpose of our audit we used overall Group 
materiality of $2.34 million, which represents 
approximately 5% of the Group’s profit before tax, 
adjusted for individually significant items 
separately disclosed as restructuring and store exit 
costs, onerous lease expense and impairment of 
assets.  

  We applied this threshold, together with 

qualitative considerations, to determine the scope 
of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of 
our audit procedures and to evaluate the effect of 
misstatements on the financial report as a whole. 

  We chose adjusted Group profit before tax 

because, in our view, it is the benchmark against 
which the performance of the Group is most 
commonly measured. We adjusted for individually 
significant items disclosed as restructuring and 
store exit costs, onerous lease expense and 
impairment of assets as they are unusual or 
infrequently occurring items impacting the profit 
and loss.  

  We utilised a 5% threshold based on our 

professional judgement, noting it is within the 
range of commonly acceptable thresholds.  

 MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019 
 
 
90

Key audit matters 

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in 
our audit of the financial report for the current period. The key audit matters were addressed in the 
context of our audit of the financial report as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do 
not provide a separate opinion on these matters. Further, any commentary on the outcomes of a 
particular audit procedure is made in that context. We communicated the key audit matters to the 
Audit, Finance and Risk Committee. 

Key audit matter 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

Carrying value of intangible assets with 
indefinite lives 
(refer note C2) 

At 27 July 2019 the Group recognised $371.6 million of 
intangible assets with indefinite lives, representing 
brands and trademarks. 

In assessing the model, our audit procedures included, 
amongst others: 
  assessing whether the allocation of the Group’s 

As required by Australian Accounting Standards, the 
Group assesses annually whether intangible assets that 
have an indefinite useful life should continue to be 
recognised or if any impairment is required. Where the 
carrying value of an intangible asset is higher than its 
recoverable amount, Australian Accounting Standards 
require the carrying value of the intangible asset to be 
written down (impaired).  

The Group considers the Myer and sass & bide 
businesses to be two separate cash generating units 
(CGUs).  

At 27 July 2019, the Group has identified indicators of 
impairment due to the market capitalisation of the 
Group (the value of the Group derived by multiplying 
the number of shares currently issued by the share 
price at period-end) being lower than the net assets of 
the Group.  

No indicators of impairment were identified for the 
sass & bide CGU at 27 July 2019. 

An impairment assessment over the intangible assets 
with indefinite lives in each of the Group’s CGUs was 
performed by the Group using a value in use model (the 
model) at 27 July 2019. No impairment of the Group’s 
intangible assets with indefinite lives was identified.  

Significant judgement is required by the Group to 
estimate the key assumptions in the model to 
determine the recoverable amount of the intangible 

intangible assets into CGUs was consistent with our 
knowledge of the Group’s operations and internal 
Group reporting 

  developing an understanding of the key relevant 

internal controls over the impairment assessment 
process 

 

 

 

performing testing over the mathematical accuracy 
of the models on a sample basis 

comparing the Group’s forecast cash flows to Board 
approved budgets, externally available economic 
data and historical actual results 

performing sensitivity analysis over the key 
assumptions including EBITDA margin, discount 
rate and long term growth rate to consider the 
extent of change in those assumptions that either 
individually or in combination would be required 
for the intangible assets to be impaired. 

Together with PwC valuation experts, we compared the 
discount rate and long term growth rate applied in the 
models to benchmark data. 

We considered the disclosures made in note C2, 
including those regarding the key assumptions and 
sensitivities to changes in such assumptions, in light of 
the requirements of Australian Accounting Standards.  

Key audit matter 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

assets with indefinite lives and the amount of any 

resulting impairment (if applicable). The key 

assumptions applied by the Group include: 

cash flow forecasts, including the terminal 

value forecast 

margin 

 

 

 

short-term and future growth rates in EBITDA 

the discount rate adopted in the model 

We considered this a key audit matter because of the 

magnitude of the intangible assets with indefinite lives, 

the overall impairment indicators applicable to the 

Group and the significant judgement applied by the 

Group in estimating the future trading cash flows of the 

CGUs.  

Accounting estimates and disclosures relating 

to strategic decisions 

(Refer to note A3 and C3) 

During the period ended 27 July 2019 the Group’s 

To assess the Group’s accounting policies for 

strategic decisions included redundancies and 

calculating the strategic decision related provisions we 

restructuring at the Group’s support office in 

performed the following procedures amongst others: 

Melbourne and changes to store sizes following various 

landlord negotiations. 

 

considered, with reference to Australian 

Accounting Standards, the judgements and 

These decisions resulted in restructuring, redundancy, 

assumptions applied by the Group to determine the 

store exits and onerous lease costs of $12.5 million 

recognition of provisions based on the status of 

recognised in the period to 27 July 2019 in accordance 

committed and Board approved strategic action 

with Australian Accounting Standards. Restructuring 

plans 

activity incomplete at period end required the 

recognition of provisions associated with strategic 

decisions of $10.5 million. 

 

compared the Group’s judgements and 

assumptions used to calculate the provisions 

associated with strategic decisions to: 

We considered this a key audit matter because of the 

judgements and assumptions applied by the Group in 

Board minutes 

estimating the level of provisioning required to be 

landlord agreements 

recognised at 27 July 2019. 

- 

- 

- 

- 

historic data, including prior store closures 

and restructuring experience 

other supporting audit evidence. 

We assessed whether there were other provisions which 

met the Group’s recognition criteria, and if they had 

been recognised at 27 July 2019, by making inquiries of 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
91

Key audit matter 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

assets with indefinite lives and the amount of any 
resulting impairment (if applicable). The key 
assumptions applied by the Group include: 

 

 

 

cash flow forecasts, including the terminal 
value forecast 

short-term and future growth rates in EBITDA 
margin 

the discount rate adopted in the model 

We considered this a key audit matter because of the 
magnitude of the intangible assets with indefinite lives, 
the overall impairment indicators applicable to the 
Group and the significant judgement applied by the 
Group in estimating the future trading cash flows of the 
CGUs.  

Accounting estimates and disclosures relating 
to strategic decisions 
(Refer to note A3 and C3) 

During the period ended 27 July 2019 the Group’s 
strategic decisions included redundancies and 
restructuring at the Group’s support office in 
Melbourne and changes to store sizes following various 
landlord negotiations. 

These decisions resulted in restructuring, redundancy, 
store exits and onerous lease costs of $12.5 million 
recognised in the period to 27 July 2019 in accordance 
with Australian Accounting Standards. Restructuring 
activity incomplete at period end required the 
recognition of provisions associated with strategic 
decisions of $10.5 million. 

We considered this a key audit matter because of the 
judgements and assumptions applied by the Group in 
estimating the level of provisioning required to be 
recognised at 27 July 2019. 

To assess the Group’s accounting policies for 
calculating the strategic decision related provisions we 
performed the following procedures amongst others: 

 

 

considered, with reference to Australian 
Accounting Standards, the judgements and 
assumptions applied by the Group to determine the 
recognition of provisions based on the status of 
committed and Board approved strategic action 
plans 

compared the Group’s judgements and 
assumptions used to calculate the provisions 
associated with strategic decisions to: 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Board minutes 

landlord agreements 

historic data, including prior store closures 
and restructuring experience 

other supporting audit evidence. 

We assessed whether there were other provisions which 
met the Group’s recognition criteria, and if they had 
been recognised at 27 July 2019, by making inquiries of 

 MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
92

Key audit matter 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

Key audit matter 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

directors and key management personnel responsible 
for strategic decisions and by reading minutes of Board 
meetings for the full financial period. 

We considered the disclosures made in note A3 and C3, 
in light of the requirements of Australian Accounting 
Standards. 

Inventory valuation and provisions 
(Refer to note B2) 

The Group held inventory of $346.9 million at 27 July 
2019. As described in note B2 to the financial 
statements, inventories are valued at the lower of cost 
and net realisable value. 

To assess the Group’s judgements and assumptions 
applied in calculating the value of inventory provisions 
we performed the following procedures, amongst 
others: 

The Group recognises a provision where it expects the 
net realisable value of inventory to fall below its cost 
price. This will occur where inventory becomes aged, 
damaged or obsolete and will be sold below its cost 
price in order to clear. Inventory provisioning is also 
required where inventory no longer exists due to theft 
and processing errors. 

We considered this a key audit matter because the 
Group applies judgements and assumptions in: 

 

 

forecasting future selling prices and inventory 
sell through rates to estimate the value of 
inventory likely to sell below cost in the future 

estimating inventory shrinkage based on 
actual losses realised as a result of inventory 
cycle counts. 

 

 

 

 

considered the design and effective operation of a 
sample of relevant key inventory controls 

attended inventory counts at two distribution 
centres and three retail stores 

assessed the Group’s inventory provisioning policy 
by considering the levels of aged inventory and the 
Group’s inventory clearance strategy 

considered the historical accuracy of the Group’s 
inventory provisioning by comparing the prior 
period inventory provision to inventory sold below 
cost or written off in the current period. 

We considered the disclosures made in note B2, in light 
of the requirements of Australian Accounting 
Standards. 

Supplier rebates 
(Refer to note B2) 

As described in note B2 to the financial statements, the 
Group recognises amounts receivable from suppliers 
(primarily comprising supplier promotional rebates) as 
a reduction in the cost of inventory purchased and a 
reduction in the cost of goods sold. 

The majority of supplier rebates tend to be small in unit 
value but high in volume and span relatively short 
periods of time, although promotional rebates and sell 
through of related inventory can run across the 
financial period end.  

Our procedures over supplier rebate income included, 
amongst others: 

 

 

 

agreeing a sample of supplier rebates recorded to 
the relevant supplier agreements 

comparing a sample of rebate terms used in the 
Group’s supplier rebate calculations to relevant 
supplier arrangements and the Group’s sales and 
purchase data 

comparing a sample of rebates to relevant supplier 

We considered this to be a key audit matter because: 

arrangements to assess whether the allocation 

 

 

supplier arrangements are complex in nature and 

highly variable between suppliers. 

between the consolidated income statement and 

those capitalised into inventory were in accordance 

with the Group’s accounting policy and the 

judgement is needed by the Group to determine 

requirements of Australian Accounting Standards. 

the amount of supplier rebates that should be 

recognised in the consolidated income statement 

We considered the disclosures made in note B2, in light 

and the amounts that should be deferred to 

of the requirements of Australian Accounting 

inventory. This requires a detailed understanding 

Standards. 

of contractual arrangements with suppliers and 

accurate purchase and sell through information. 

AASB 16 Leases – presentation and disclosure 

(Refer to note I) 

The Group is required to adopt the requirements of 

Our procedures over the disclosure of the impact of 

AASB 16 Leases from 28 July 2019. In periods prior to 

adopting AASB 16 included, but were not limited to: 

  magnitude of lease liabilities and right of use 

probability of exercising option periods 

adoption of new accounting standards, Australian 

Accounting Standards require disclosure of known or 

reasonably estimable information that the application 

of the new standard will have on the Group’s financial 

report. 

The adoption of AASB 16 is expected to have a 

significant impact on the presentation of the Group’s 

financial report. The expected transition impact is 

disclosed in Note I. 

We considered this to be a key audit matter due to the: 

assets expected to be recorded on the Group’s 

balance sheet 

 

significant judgements required by the Group 

in determining key assumptions including 

incremental borrowing rates, exercise of 

option periods and lease terms.  

 

developing an understanding of and 

evaluating internal controls relating to 

identifying lease contracts and maintaining 

lease data 

 

 

assessing whether the Group’s new accounting 

policies were in accordance with the 

requirements of AASB 16 

evaluating the appropriateness of key 

judgements applied by management in 

determining incremental borrowing rates and 

 

for a sample of lease contracts we: 

o 

o 

o 

compared lease data in the Group’s 

lease management system to the 

underlying lease agreement and 

subsequent variations 

evaluated estimates and judgement 

applied by management in 

determining the lease term 

recalculated the right of use asset and 

lease liability. 

 

evaluating the adequacy of the disclosures 

made in Note I in light of the requirements of 

Australian Accounting Standards. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
93

Key audit matter 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

We considered this to be a key audit matter because: 

 

 

supplier arrangements are complex in nature and 
highly variable between suppliers. 

judgement is needed by the Group to determine 
the amount of supplier rebates that should be 
recognised in the consolidated income statement 
and the amounts that should be deferred to 
inventory. This requires a detailed understanding 
of contractual arrangements with suppliers and 
accurate purchase and sell through information. 

AASB 16 Leases – presentation and disclosure 
(Refer to note I) 

The Group is required to adopt the requirements of 
AASB 16 Leases from 28 July 2019. In periods prior to 
adoption of new accounting standards, Australian 
Accounting Standards require disclosure of known or 
reasonably estimable information that the application 
of the new standard will have on the Group’s financial 
report. 

The adoption of AASB 16 is expected to have a 
significant impact on the presentation of the Group’s 
financial report. The expected transition impact is 
disclosed in Note I. 

We considered this to be a key audit matter due to the: 

  magnitude of lease liabilities and right of use 
assets expected to be recorded on the Group’s 
balance sheet 

 

significant judgements required by the Group 
in determining key assumptions including 
incremental borrowing rates, exercise of 
option periods and lease terms.  

arrangements to assess whether the allocation 
between the consolidated income statement and 
those capitalised into inventory were in accordance 
with the Group’s accounting policy and the 
requirements of Australian Accounting Standards. 

We considered the disclosures made in note B2, in light 
of the requirements of Australian Accounting 
Standards. 

Our procedures over the disclosure of the impact of 
adopting AASB 16 included, but were not limited to: 

 

 

 

developing an understanding of and 
evaluating internal controls relating to 
identifying lease contracts and maintaining 
lease data 

assessing whether the Group’s new accounting 
policies were in accordance with the 
requirements of AASB 16 

evaluating the appropriateness of key 
judgements applied by management in 
determining incremental borrowing rates and 
probability of exercising option periods 

 

for a sample of lease contracts we: 

o 

o 

o 

compared lease data in the Group’s 
lease management system to the 
underlying lease agreement and 
subsequent variations 

evaluated estimates and judgement 
applied by management in 
determining the lease term 

recalculated the right of use asset and 
lease liability. 

 

evaluating the adequacy of the disclosures 
made in Note I in light of the requirements of 
Australian Accounting Standards. 

 MYER ANNUAL REPORT 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
94

Other information 

The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the 
information included in the annual report for the period 29 July 2018 to 27 July 2019, but does not 
include the financial report and our auditor’s report thereon. Prior to the date of this auditor's report, 
the other information we obtained included the directors' report. We expect the remaining other 
information to be made available to us after the date of this auditor's report.  

Our opinion on the financial report does not cover the other information and we do not and will not 
express an opinion or any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial report, our responsibility is to read the other information 
and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial 
report or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. 

If, based on the work we have performed on the other information that we obtained prior to the date of 
this auditor’s report, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we 
are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard. 

When we read the other information not yet received, if we conclude that there is a material 
misstatement therein, we are required to communicate the matter to the directors and use our 
professional judgement to determine the appropriate action to take. 

Responsibilities of the directors for the financial report 

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a 
true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 
and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the 
financial report that gives a true and fair view and is free from material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error. 

In preparing the financial report, the directors are responsible for assessing the ability of the Group to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the 
going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease 
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial report 

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial report as a whole is free 
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that 
includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an 
audit conducted in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material 
if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial report. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial report is located at the 

Auditing and Assurance Standards Board website at: 

http://www.auasb.gov.au/auditors_responsibilities/ar1.pdf. This description forms part of our 

auditor's report. 

Report on the remuneration report 

Our opinion on the remuneration report 

We have audited the remuneration report included in pages 27 to 48 of the directors’ report for the 

period 29 July 2018 to 27 July 2019. 

In our opinion, the remuneration report of Myer Holdings Limited for the period 29 July 2018 to 27 

July 2019 complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. 

Responsibilities 

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the 

remuneration report in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility 

is to express an opinion on the remuneration report, based on our audit conducted in accordance with 

Australian Auditing Standards.  

PricewaterhouseCoopers 

Jason Perry 

Partner 

Melbourne 

4 September 2019 

 
 
 
95

 M
Y
E
R

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
9

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial report is located at the 
Auditing and Assurance Standards Board website at: 
http://www.auasb.gov.au/auditors_responsibilities/ar1.pdf. This description forms part of our 
auditor's report. 

Report on the remuneration report 

Our opinion on the remuneration report 

We have audited the remuneration report included in pages 27 to 48 of the directors’ report for the 
period 29 July 2018 to 27 July 2019. 

In our opinion, the remuneration report of Myer Holdings Limited for the period 29 July 2018 to 27 
July 2019 complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. 

Responsibilities 

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the 
remuneration report in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility 
is to express an opinion on the remuneration report, based on our audit conducted in accordance with 
Australian Auditing Standards.  

PricewaterhouseCoopers 

Jason Perry 
Partner 

Melbourne 
4 September 2019 

 
 
 
96

S H A R EHOL D ER  INFOR M ATION

As at 12 September 2019.

Myer has one class of shares on issue (being ordinary shares). All the Company’s shares are listed on the Australian Securities Exchange.

Issued Capital

Number of Shareholders

Minimum Parcel Price

Holders with less than a marketable parcel

Distribution of shareholders and shareholdings

Range

100,001 and over

10,001 to 100,000

5,001 to 10,000

1,001 to 5,000

1 to 1,000

Total

Unmarketable parcels

Minimum $500.00 parcel at $0.62 per unit

Twenty largest shareholders

Rank Name

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED 

J P MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED 

METALGROVE PTY LTD 

CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED 

CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD 

BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD 

GLENN HARGRAVES INVESTMENTS PTY LTD 

MUTUAL TRUST PTY LTD 

BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD 

CS THIRD NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

HAPPY SABA GROUP NO 1 PTY LTD 

ARCHERFIELD AIRPORT CORPORATION PTY LTD 

MR PAT O'NEILL 

SANDHURST TRUSTEES LTD 

SHOREFRONT NOMINEES PTY LTD 

DR PETER MALCOLM HEYWORTH 

NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED 

20

ACE PROPERTY HOLDINGS PTY LTD 

Total

Balance of register

Grand total

Number

821,278,815

43,352

  $0.62

 19,727

%

0.72

8.61

6.67

32.58

51.42

100.00

Units

648,345,153

107,921,418

22,869,997

31,290,244

10,852,003

%

78.94

13.14

2.79

3.81

1.32

821,278,815

100.00

Holders

313

3,734

2,889

14,125

22,291

43,352

Minimum 

Parcel Size

Holders

Units

807

19,727

8,389,520

Units

% of Units

231,925,669

92,711,509

88,450,664

71,435,892

12,830,337

10,596,500

6,117,096

6,045,751

5,990,000

5,894,097

5,198,348

5,108,395

4,300,000

4,261,457

3,478,649

2,815,000

2,800,000

2,796,000

2,093,655

2,000,000

566,849,019

254,429,796

821,278,815

28.24

11.29

10.77

8.70

1.56

1.29

0.74

0.74

0.73

0.72

0.63

0.62

0.52

0.52

0.42

0.34

0.34

0.34

0.25

0.24

69.02

30.98

100.00

S H A R E H O L D E R  I N FO R M AT I O N
Continued

97

Substantial shareholders

As at 12 September 2019, there are five substantial shareholders that Myer is aware of: 

Premier Investments

Investors Mutual

Wilson Asset Management

Dimensional Fund Advisors

Vinva Asset Management

Total

Date of last notice

29 March 2017

19 May 2017

27 May 2019

2 December 2016

21 September 2018

Number of securities  

in last notice

88,450,664

80,897,018

63,748,538

57,539,611

44,794,586

%

10.77

9.85

7.76

7.01

5.45

40.84

The above table sets out the number and percentage of securities held by substantial shareholders in Myer as disclosed in their last 

substantial shareholder’s notice. Note that those shareholders may have acquired or disposed of securities in Myer since the date of 

that notice. A substantial shareholder is only required to disclose acquisitions or disposals where there has been a movement of at 

least 1% in their shareholding.

VOTING RIGHTS

Shareholders may vote at a meeting of shareholders in person, directly or by proxy, attorney or representative, depending on whether 

the shareholder is an individual or a company. Subject to any rights or restrictions attaching to shares, on a show of hands each 

shareholder present in person or by proxy, attorney or representative has one vote and, on a poll, has one vote for each fully paid share 

held.

Presently, Myer has only one class of fully paid ordinary shares and these do not have any voting restrictions. If shares are not fully paid, 

on a poll the number of votes attaching to the shares is pro-rated accordingly. Options and performance rights do not carry any voting 

rights.

PERFORMANCE OPTIONS AND RIGHTS

Myer has unlisted performance options and rights on issue. As at 12 September 2019, there were 26 holders of performance options  

and rights.

AMERICAN DEPOSITARY RECEIPT PROGRAM

Myer Holdings has a Sponsored Level I American Depositary Receipt (ADR) program. Myer ADRs are not listed on an exchange and are 

only traded in the United States over-the-counter (OTC) market under the code: ‘MYRSY’ and the CUSIP number: 62847V 207. One ADR 

represents four existing ordinary Myer shares.

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (DBTCA) is the Depositary for the Company’s ADR program in the United States. Holders of the 

Company’s ADRs should deal directly with DBTCA on all matters relating to their ADR holdings on the contact details below:

Deutsche Bank Shareholder Services  

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company  

Operations Centre  

6201 15th Avenue  

Brooklyn NY 11219  

Email: DB@amstock.com  

Toll-free number: +1 800 937 5449  

Direct Dial: +1 718 921 8124

 MYER ANNUAL REPORT 201998

COR P OR ATE D IR EC TOR Y

MYER CUSTOMER SERVICE CENTRE

PO Box 869J  

Melbourne VIC 3001  

Phone: 1800 811 611 (within Australia)  

Fax: +61 (0 ) 3 8667 6091

AUDITOR

PricewaterhouseCoopers   

2 Riverside Quay  

Southbank VIC 3006

SECURITIES EXCHANGE LISTING

Myer Holdings Limited (MYR) shares are listed  

on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX)

WEBSITES

myer.com.au  

myerone.com.au  

myer.com.au/investor

FIND US HERE

Facebook.com/myer

Instagram.com/myer

Twitter.com/myer

Youtube.com/myer

REGISTERED OFFICE

Myer Holdings Limited  

Level 7  

800 Collins Street  

Docklands VIC 3008  

Phone: 1800 811 611 (within Australia)

MYER POSTAL ADDRESS

Myer Holdings Limited  

PO Box 869J  

Melbourne VIC 3001

COMPANY SECRETARY

Jonathan Garland  

General Counsel and Company Secretary

SHAREHOLDER ENQUIRIES:  
SHARE REGISTRY

Link Market Services Limited  

Postal Address  

Locked Bag A14  

Sydney South NSW 1235

MYER SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION LINE

Australian Telephone: 1300 820 260  

International Telephone: +61 1300 820 260  

Facsimile: 02 9287 0303  

www.linkmarketservices.com.au

INVESTOR RELATIONS

Investor Relations Manager  

Email: myer.investor.relations@myer.com.au

MEDIA RELATIONS

General Manager Corporate Affairs  

Email: myer.corporate.affairs@myer.com.au

SUSTAINABILITY

Email: sustainability@myer.com.au

99

M
Y
E
R

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
9

Designed and produced at www.twelvecreative.com.au

 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 1 9